Document:

EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT 

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or amended and restated from time to time, this
“Agreement”) is made as of September 30, 2016 (the “Signing Date”), between Lifetime Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“LBI”), in its capacity as the administrative agent for the Sellers (in
such capacity, the “Seller Agent”), each party now or hereafter signatory hereto as a “Seller” (each a “Seller” and collectively the “Sellers”), and LBI as the initial “Servicer”
as herein provided, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“Purchaser”). 
 RECITALS 

WHEREAS, each Seller is a supplier of goods or services to each account debtor listed opposite its name on Schedule 1 hereto (each an
“Account Debtor” and, collectively, the “Account Debtors”) and is the legal and beneficial owner of Receivables (as hereinafter defined) payable by each such Account Debtor to which it has supplied goods or
services; and 
 WHEREAS, each Seller desires to sell certain Receivables to Purchaser, and Purchaser may be willing to purchase from
Sellers such Receivables, in which case the terms set forth herein shall apply to such purchase and sale. 
 THEREFORE, for good and
valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

1.    DEFINITIONS. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to those terms in
Exhibit A attached hereto and thereby incorporated herein. 
 2.    SALE AND PURCHASE. 

(a)    Sale. Commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Purchase Termination Date, each Seller may from
time to time offer to sell to Purchaser certain Proposed Receivables by submitting to Purchaser at least three (3) Business Days prior to any purchase of Proposed Receivables, a request substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (a
“Purchase Request”), and Purchaser, in its sole discretion, may accept such offer and purchase from a Seller the Proposed Receivables identified in such Purchase Request. If Purchaser accepts such Purchase Request, then,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2(d) hereof, Purchaser shall and hereby does purchase from such Seller, and such Seller shall and hereby does sell to Purchaser, all of such Seller’s right,
title and interest (but none of Seller’s Retained Obligations) with respect to such Proposed Receivables and all Related Rights with respect thereto as of the Purchase Date (all such Proposed Receivables, once sold and purchased hereunder,
together with all Related Rights with respect thereto, collectively, the “Purchased Receivables”).

(b)    Uncommitted Arrangement. THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A COMMITMENT,
OBLIGATION OR OTHER UNDERTAKING OF PURCHASER TO PURCHASE ANY RECEIVABLES FROM ANY SELLER OR OTHERWISE EXTEND CREDIT OR PROVIDE ANY FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION TO ANY SELLER. 

(c)    Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until the date which
is 364 days from the Signing Date, provided that such date shall be automatically extended for annual successive terms unless Seller Agent or Purchaser provides written notice to the other party not less than sixty (60) days prior to the
expiration of such annual term that such Person does not intend to extend the term of this Agreement, provided, further, that (i) each party shall 

 
have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other party, and (ii) Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any
time upon five (5) days’ prior written notice to Seller Agent in the event that Purchaser is legally precluded under applicable law or any government and/or regulatory authority rule or regulation applicable to Purchaser from being a party to
this Agreement or consummating the transactions contemplated hereunder. Any such termination shall not affect (i) the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Purchased Receivables sold hereunder prior to the Purchase Termination
Date or (ii) those provisions hereof that are expressed or intended to survive termination hereof. 

(d)    Conditions Precedent. Each purchase of Proposed Receivables described in a Purchase Request accepted by
Purchaser is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions prior to the proposed Purchase Date, all to the satisfaction of Purchaser: 

(i)    Purchaser shall have received (A) a Purchase Request with respect to the Proposed Receivables at least three (3)
Business Days prior to any such purchase, and (B) such additional supporting documentation that Purchaser may have reasonably requested; 

(ii)    The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the Purchase Request shall be true and correct
on such Purchase Date; 
 (iii)    Each Seller shall be in compliance with each term, covenant and other provision of
this Agreement applicable to such Seller (including in its capacity as Servicer); 
 (iv)    No Event of Repurchase
shall then exist, unless the applicable Seller has repurchased and paid (or is paying on such proposed Purchase Date and the Purchaser is satisfied that the applicable Seller will be paying on such proposed Purchase Date), the full amount of the
Repurchase Price (or the amount subject to Dispute or Dilution, to the extent provided pursuant to Section 6 hereof) for the affected Purchased Receivables pursuant to the terms of Section 6 hereof or such repurchase or other
payment is being made on such Purchase Date by payment in cash or by setoff by Purchaser against the Purchase Price for the Proposed Receivables; 

(v)    Following the sale and purchase of the Proposed Receivables set forth in the related Purchase Request, the
Outstanding Aggregate Purchase Amount for all Purchased Receivables shall not exceed the Facility Amount; 

(vi)    Reserved. 

(vii)    No Account Debtor Insolvency Event shall have occurred with respect to any Account Debtor obligated on the
Proposed Receivables described in such Purchase Request, and no Insolvency Event with respect to any Seller shall have occurred; 

(viii)    Purchaser shall have received payment of all fees due under Section 2(f) and other amounts due under this
Agreement; and 
 (ix)    On the initial Purchase Date, Purchaser shall have received each of the following documents,
each dated such date and in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser: 
 (A)    Executed counterparts of this
Agreement by the parties hereto; 

  
 2 

 (B)    Each Seller shall have established a Collection Account and Purchaser
shall have control over such account as herein provided; 
 (C)    Each Seller shall have instructed each Account Debtor
to which such Seller has supplied goods or services that all payments with respect to the Proposed Receivables shall be made directly to the applicable Collection Account; 

(D)    A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of each Seller substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit C, certifying the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers authorized on behalf of the applicable Seller to execute and deliver this Agreement, each Purchase Request and any other documents to be executed or delivered
by it hereunder, together with its Organizational Documents and board resolutions, evidencing necessary organizational action and governmental approvals, if any, necessary for such Seller to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this
Agreement. 
 (E)    UCC, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports
with respect to each Seller or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name each Seller as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which such
Seller is organized or maintains its principal place of such business or chief executive office and such other searches that Purchaser deems desirable or appropriate. 

(F)    Acknowledgment copies of proper termination statements (Form UCC-3) and any other relevant filings necessary to
evidence the release of all security interests, ownership and other rights of any Person previously granted by each Seller in the Proposed Receivables. 

(G)    Copies of proper Uniform Commercial Code financing statements identifying each Seller as “seller” and
Purchaser as “buyer” and containing the description of collateral set forth on Exhibit D, together with evidence that such financing statements have been duly filed on or before the initial Purchase Date in the correct filing office
under the Uniform Commercial Code of the jurisdiction in which each Seller is located for purposes of the UCC. 

(H)    A good standing certificate for each Seller from its respective jurisdiction of organization. 

(I)    A fully completed Seller Information Schedule for each Seller in the form attached as Schedule 2, containing
certain factual information regarding each Seller to the extent that such information was not previously delivered to the Purchaser. 

(J)    A favorable legal opinion of counsel to Sellers covering enforceability, general corporate matters and no
conflicts, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser; 
 (K)    A favorable “true sale” opinion of
counsel to Sellers in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser; 
 (L)    A lien release agreement from any secured
party holding a lien upon any Purchased Receivables; and 

  
 3 

 (M)    All documents and other evidence that Purchaser requires for its
know-your-customer and other compliance checks on each Seller and each Account Debtor. 
 (e)    Purchase
Price.
 For purposes of this Section 2(e): 

A    = Net Invoice Amount 

B    = Discount Rate 

C    = Discount Period 

D    = Adjustment Percentage 

The purchase price for any Purchased Receivable purchased on any Purchase Date (the “Purchase Price”) shall equal
A – ((A x D) x (B x C/360)) and shall be payable to the applicable Seller to the Seller’s Account in two installments as follows: 

(i)    The first installment of the Purchase Price (the “Initial Payment”) shall be payable on the
Purchase Date and shall equal (A x D) – ((A x D) x (B x C/360)). 
 (ii)    The second installment of the Purchase
Price (the “Deferred Payment”) shall be payable by Purchaser to Seller on the Anticipated Payment Date and shall equal A – (A x D), unless the amount received from an Account Debtor is less than the applicable Net Invoice Amount due
to a Dispute or Dilution, in which case the provisions of Section 2(f) shall apply to determine the Deferred Payment, if any. 

(f)    Adjustments. To the extent that the full Net Invoice Amount of a Purchased Receivable is not received on the
Anticipated Payment Date due to a Dispute or Dilution, Seller shall promptly pay to Purchaser, if negative, or Purchaser shall promptly pay to Seller, if positive, an amount equal to (x) the portion of the Net Invoice Amount received by Seller
relating to such Purchased Receivable (adjusted to reflect amounts previously paid to either party under this Section 2(f) hereof, if any) less (y) the sum of (i) the Initial Payment and (ii) the discount amount (Net Invoice Amount – Purchase
Price) on such Net Invoice Amount, which payment amount (an “Adjustment Payment”), if negative, may be made by offsetting such amount against amounts payable by Purchaser to Seller hereunder. To the extent that a Net Invoice
Amount or portion thereof with respect to which Seller has previously made an Adjustment Payment to Purchaser is subsequently received by Purchaser from the Account Debtor, Purchaser shall promptly pay to Seller an amount equal to the Adjustment
Payment received by Purchaser with respect thereto, which payment may be made by offsetting such amount against amounts payable by Seller to Purchaser hereunder. 

(g)    Fees. Sellers, collectively, shall pay to Purchaser the following fees:

(i)    Structuring Fee. On the Effective Date, Sellers shall pay to Purchaser a structuring fee in the amount
of % multiplied by the Facility Amount. 
 (ii)    Renewal Fee. Unless this Agreement is terminated
prior to such anniversary in accordance with Section 2(c) hereof, Seller Agent shall advance to the Purchaser, on each anniversary of the Effective Date, a facility renewal fee equal to % multiplied by the Facility Amount. The facility renewal
fee shall be earned by the Purchaser at a rate of one twelfth (1/12th) per month, on the first day of each month, from the applicable anniversary date. If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 2(c), the Purchaser shall promptly
refund to the Seller Agent the unearned portion of the advanced renewal fee. 

  
 4 

 (h)    Field Exam Fees. Sellers shall pay to Purchaser field exam
fees, payable within ten (10) Business Days after a Seller’s receipt of Purchaser’s invoice therefor, in connection with each field exam conducted by Purchaser equal in amount to Purchaser’s customary and reasonable per diem charges
for such field exam (which as of the Signing Date, equal Nine Hundred Seventy Five Dollars ($975) per diem per auditor, subject to change from time to time thereafter) plus usual and customary reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for internal auditors,
and the usual and customary reasonable fees and charges (including out-of-pocket expenses) of external auditors), provided that, unless there has occurred a Material Adverse Change or an Event of Repurchase, only two (2) such Field Exams in any
calendar year shall be allowed at such Seller’s expense. 
 (i)    True Sale; No Recourse. Except as
otherwise provided in Section 6 hereof, each purchase of the Purchased Receivables is absolute and irrevocable and is made without recourse to the applicable Seller, and such Seller shall have no liability to Purchaser for Account
Debtor’s failure to pay any Purchased Receivable when it is due and payable under the terms applicable thereto. Except to the extent that non-payment thereof is due to any Dilution or Dispute, Purchaser shall be responsible for the
non-payment of any Purchased Receivable, such assumption of credit risk being effective as of the Purchase Date for such Purchased Receivables. Purchaser and Seller have structured the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as a sale, and
Purchaser and Seller each agree to treat each such transaction as a “true sale” for all purposes under applicable law and accounting principles, including, without limitation, in their respective books, records, computer files, tax returns
(federal, state and local), regulatory and governmental filings (and shall reflect such sale in their respective financial statements). Notwithstanding the intent of the parties hereunder, in the event that the transfers hereunder are
recharacterized as other than a sale from each Seller to the Purchaser, then in order to secure all of such Seller’s obligations (monetary or otherwise) under this Agreement, whether now or hereafter existing or arising, due or to become due,
direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, each Seller hereby grants to Purchaser a security interest in all of such Seller’s right, title and interest (including any undivided interest of such Seller) in, to and under all of the following,
whether now or hereafter owned, existing or arising: (i) all Purchased Receivables from time to time and all Related Rights with respect thereto, (ii) all Collections with respect to such Purchased Receivables, (iii) all accounts into which
Collections may be deposited and all amounts on deposit therein, and (iv) all proceeds of, and all amounts received or receivable under any or all of, the foregoing.

3.    SELLER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser on each Purchase
Date that the representations and warranties set forth below are true and correct: 
 (a)    Proposed Receivables.

 (i)    Each Purchase Request includes, in respect of each Proposed Receivable, a true and correct statement of the
Account Debtor’s name, the purchase order numbers, the invoice numbers, the Net Invoice Amount (s) due in respect thereof, the Anticipated Payment Date (if any) and the Invoice Due Date, in each case, for each Proposed Receivable. All
information contained in each Purchase Request is accurate in all respects. The information regarding each invoice submitted by a Seller is accurate in all material respects as of its date, and does not and will not omit to state a fact
necessary in order to make the information contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Purchaser has received true and correct copies of all the relevant documentation requested by the Purchaser
relating to each of the Proposed Receivables. None of the 

  
 5 

 
Proposed Receivables are currently evidenced by “chattel paper” or “instruments” (as each such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC). Each Proposed Receivable is in
full force and effect and is the valid and binding obligation of the applicable Account Debtor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and constitutes the applicable Account Debtor’s legal, valid and binding obligation to pay to the
applicable Seller the amount of such Purchased Receivable, subject, as to enforcement of such Account Debtor’s payment obligation, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium and other laws of general applicability
relating to or affecting creditors’ rights. Neither any Seller nor, to any Seller’s knowledge, any Account Debtor is in material default in the performance of any of the provisions of the documentation applicable to its transactions
giving rise to any Proposed Receivables, including any of the Contracts relating to such Proposed Receivables. Each Proposed Receivable and the Contract and sale terms related thereto are not subject to any defense, Dilution or Dispute, whether
arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or independently thereof. The applicable Seller has delivered to the Account Debtor all property or performed all services required to be so delivered or performed by the terms of
the documentation giving rise to the Proposed Receivables. The payments due with respect to each Proposed Receivable are not contingent upon the applicable Seller’s fulfillment of any further obligation. 

(ii)    Each Proposed Receivable listed in a Purchase Request is an Eligible Receivable and a bona fide payment
obligation of the applicable Account Debtor identified in the applicable Invoice and due on the Invoice Due Date for such Proposed Receivable. No actual or pending Dispute or default or event of default with respect to any Proposed Receivable
exists. The amount owed under each Proposed Receivable is free of allowances, side agreements and Dilution.

(iii)    Each Proposed Receivable (A) arises under a Contract between Seller and the applicable Account Debtor,
(B) does not require the applicable Account Debtor or any other Person to consent to the transfer, sale or assignment of such Seller’s rights to payment under such Contract, (C) does not contain a provision which prevents Seller from
transferring the Proposed Receivable and (D) does not contain a confidentiality provision that purports to restrict the ability of the Purchaser to exercise its rights under this Agreement, including without limitation, its right to review such
Contract. 
 (iv)    The applicable Seller is the legal and beneficial owner of each Proposed Receivable free and clear
of any lien, charge, encumbrance or security interest, and upon each purchase of a Proposed Receivable, Purchaser shall acquire valid ownership of such Purchased Receivable and the Collections and Related Rights with respect thereto prior to all
other Persons. 
 (v)    No sale or assignment hereunder constitutes a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under any
United States federal or applicable state bankruptcy or insolvency laws or is otherwise void or voidable under such or similar laws or principles or for any other reason. 

(vi)    All Proposed Receivables: (i) were originated by a Seller in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) once
purchased hereunder, were sold to the Purchaser hereunder, as applicable, for fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value and (iii) represent all, or a portion of the purchase price of merchandise, insurance or services within the
meaning of Section 3(c)(5)(A) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
 (b)    Sellers; Account
Debtor(s).
 (i)    LBI is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Delaware. Each Seller other than LBI, is such form of entity formed in such other state or jurisdiction as is disclosed to Purchaser in writing, and is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in every jurisdiction where
the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified. No Seller is subject to any Insolvency Event. 

  
 6 

 (ii)    (a) Each Account Debtor on any Proposed Receivable is not subject to
any Account Debtor Insolvency Event at the time of the Purchase Request relating thereto, and (b) each Account Debtor on any Purchased Receivable was not subject to an Account Debtor Insolvency Event on the Purchase Date of such Purchased
Receivable. 
 (c)    No Conflict, etc. The execution, delivery and performance by each Seller of this
Agreement, each Purchase Request and each other document to be delivered by such Seller hereunder, (i) are within such Seller’s corporate or other organizational powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other
organizational action, and (iii) do not contravene (A) such Seller’s Organizational Documents, (B) any law, rule or regulation applicable to such Seller, (C) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting such Seller or its property,
or (D) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting such Seller or its property. The Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Seller. Each Seller has furnished to Purchaser a true, correct
and complete copy of its Organizational Documents, including all amendments thereto. 
 (d)    Authorizations;
Filings. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental entity is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by a Seller of this Agreement or any other document to be
delivered thereunder except for the filing of any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements as may be necessary to perfect the sale of Purchased Receivables pursuant to this Agreement. No Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or other
instrument or charge similar in effect covering any Purchased Receivable is on file in any filing or recording office, except those filed in favor of Purchaser relating to this Agreement, and no competing notice of assignment or payment instruction
or other notice inconsistent with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement is in effect with respect to any Account Debtor. 

(e)    Enforceability. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Seller and
so long as each Seller acts as a Servicer, of such Servicer, enforceable against each Seller and each Servicer, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other laws
relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought at equity or law). 

(f)    Litigation Matters. There is no pending (or, to its knowledge, threatened) action, proceeding,
investigation or injunction, writ or restraining order affecting any Seller or any of their respective Affiliates before any court, governmental entity or arbitrator which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, and each
Seller is not currently the subject of, and has no present intention of taking any action to commence, an Insolvency Event applicable to such Seller. 

(g)    Material Adverse Change. There exists no event which could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Change. 
 (h)    Tax Matters. Each Seller has filed all material tax
returns and reports required by applicable law to have been filed by it and has paid all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing by it, other than any such taxes, assessments or charges that are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established. 

  
 7 

 (i)    Accuracy of Information. All information, exhibits,
financial statements, documents, books, records or other reports furnished or to be furnished at any time by or on behalf of each Seller to Purchaser in connection with the Agreement is or will be, taken as a whole, complete and accurate in all
material respects as of its date or as of the date so furnished, and does not and will not omit to state a fact necessary in order to make the information contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which it was provided, not misleading.

 (j)    Use of Proceeds. Each Seller will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Purchase Price,
or any benefit derived from this Agreement, to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, including a Supplier or in any country or territory, that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions; or in any other manner that would
result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person. 
 (k)    Waiver of Sovereign Immunity. (i) Each Seller is
subject to commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) the making and performance of this Agreement constitutes a private and commercial act rather than a governmental or public act, and each Seller has no right of
immunity from suit, court jurisdiction, execution of a judgment or from any other legal process with respect to obligations under this Agreement; and (iii) to the extent that such Seller may hereafter be entitled, in any jurisdiction in which
judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced with respect to this Agreement to claim any such immunity, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to such Seller an immunity (whether or not claimed and regardless of
how characterized), such Seller hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim or assert and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(l)    Relationship with Purchaser. Seller represents that the proceeds of this transaction will not be used,
directly or indirectly, for the benefit of, or transferred to any of the following entities: any entity containing “Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation” or “HSBC” in its name; Bank of Communications; Hang Seng Bank; or
Saudi British Bank.
 (m)    Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Laws; Etc.

(i)    None of Sellers, their Affiliates or any of its subsidiaries or any director, officer, employee, agent, or
Affiliate of any Seller or any of their subsidiaries or to the knowledge of any Seller, any Account Debtor is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are: (i) the subject of any
sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the Hong Kong
Monetary Authority or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, including,
without limitation currently, Crimea Region, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria; and 
 (ii)    No proceeds from
any purchase of Purchased Receivables have been or will be, directly or indirectly, (i) used or (ii) loaned, contributed or otherwise made available to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, in any case, (A) to fund any
activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or (B) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any
Person (including any Person participating in any purchase of Purchased Receivables, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor, or otherwise). 

  
 8 

 (iii)    Each Seller represents that each of such Seller, its Affiliates and
its subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with the applicable anti-money laundering rules and regulations. 

(iv)    Neither any Seller nor, to the knowledge of any Seller, any director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate or
other person acting on behalf of such Seller or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such Persons of any applicable anti-bribery law, including but not limited to,
the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 (the “UK Bribery Act”) and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”). Furthermore, each Seller and, to the knowledge of such Seller, its Affiliates have
conducted their businesses in compliance with the UK Bribery Act, the FCPA and similar laws, rules or regulations and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure,
continued compliance therewith. No part of the proceeds of any Purchase will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payment that could constitute a violation of any applicable anti-bribery law. 

(n)    Review. Each Seller has discussed and reviewed this Agreement with its accountant, independent auditor and
counsel and such Seller is not relying upon oral representations or statements inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. 

4.    SELLER COVENANTS. Until the later of the Purchase Termination Date and the date that all amounts owing
to Purchaser under all Purchased Receivables have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash to Purchaser, each Seller agrees to perform the covenants set forth below: 

(a)    Notice of Disputes, Breaches of Contract, Account Debtor Insolvency Events, Etc. Each Seller shall
immediately deliver a reasonably detailed written notice to Purchaser of (i) any Dispute asserted or threatened in respect of a Purchased Receivable, (ii) any breach by the applicable Account Debtor of the Contract which might give rise to such
Account Debtor failing to pay any invoice amount or give rise to any Dispute, (iii) any Account Debtor Insolvency Event occurring or reasonably being likely to occur, or (iv) it becoming illegal for an Account Debtor to pay all or any part of the
invoice amount because of the imposition of any prohibition or restriction on such payments. 
 (b)    Contracts;
Purchased Receivables. Each Seller, at its expense, shall timely and fully perform in all material respects with all terms, covenants and other provisions required to be performed by it under the Contracts related to the Purchased
Receivables. Each Seller, at its expense, shall keep each Purchased Receivable in full force and effect as a valid and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement of such Account
Debtor’s payment obligation, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights. Upon request from Purchaser, each Seller shall provide
Purchaser copies of any or all invoices issued to an Account Debtor that is an obligor on any Purchased Receivables and related to the Contracts for such Purchased Receivables, which such invoices shall be true and accurate and not omit any facts
necessary in order to make the information contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were provided, not misleading. 

(c)    Perfection. Seller shall at all times take all action necessary or desirable to maintain in full force
and effect the security interests created under this Agreement free and clear of any adverse claim. 

(d)    Compliance with Law; Existence. Each Seller will (i) comply in all material respects with all applicable
laws, rules, regulations and orders and (ii) preserve and maintain its organizational existence, rights, franchises, qualifications, and privileges. Each Seller will retain its 

  
 9 

 
current state of organization and keep its principal place of business and chief executive office and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Purchased Receivables at the address set
forth in Section 11 hereof or, in each case, upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to Purchaser, at any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by each Seller or otherwise necessary to protect,
perfect and maintain Purchaser’s interest in the Purchased Receivables have been taken and completed. 

(e)    Books and Records. Each Seller will maintain accurate books and accounts with respect to the Purchased
Receivables and shall make a notation on its books and records, including any computer files, to indicate which Receivables have been sold to Purchaser. Each Seller shall maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures
(including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Purchased Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other
information reasonably necessary or advisable for collecting all Purchased Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Purchased Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each
existing Purchased Receivable). 
 (f)    Sales, Liens and Debt. No Seller will sell, assign (by operation of
law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any lien, charge, encumbrance or security interest upon or with respect to, the Purchased Receivables or upon or with respect to any deposit or other account to which any
Collections of any Purchased Receivable are sent, or assign any right to receive income in respect thereof except the interests in favor of Purchaser. 

(g)    Extension or Amendment of Purchased Receivables. No Seller will amend or extend the payment terms under
any Purchased Receivables, unless approved in advance in writing by Purchaser, and shall not otherwise waive or permit or agree to any deviation from the terms or conditions of any Purchased Receivable (whether with the Account Debtor, any creditor
of the Seller or creditor of the Account Debtor or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Purchaser.

(h)    Field Exams and Visits. Each Seller will, from time to time during regular business hours as reasonably
requested by Purchaser, permit Purchaser, or its agents or representatives, upon reasonable notice, (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including, without limitation, computer tapes and disks) in
such Seller’s possession or under such Seller’s control relating to Purchased Receivables including, without limitation, the related Contracts, and (ii) to visit such Seller’s offices and properties for the purpose of examining and
auditing such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to Purchased Receivables or such Seller’s performance hereunder or under the related Contracts with any of such Seller’s officers or employees
having knowledge of such matters (hereinafter, an “Field Exam”), provided that, unless there has occurred a Material Adverse Change or an Event of Repurchase, only two (2) such Field Exams in any calendar year shall be
allowed at such Seller’s expense. 
 (i)    Accounting Treatment. Each Seller will make all disclosures
required by applicable law or regulation with respect to the sale of the Proposed Receivables to the Purchaser and account for such sale in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles then in effect. 

(j)    Notice. Each Seller will promptly notify the Purchaser of any circumstance in connection with a Proposed
Receivable that may relate to money laundering, terrorist financing, bribery, corruption, tax evasion or Sanctions. 

(k)    Reporting Requirements. From time to time, upon the reasonable request of the Purchaser, each Seller
will provide to Purchaser audited annual and quarterly unaudited financial 

  
 10 

 
statements presenting fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of LBI and its subsidiaries taken as a whole as of its fiscal period end,
as applicable, and for such fiscal period, as applicable, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles then in effect. Additionally, each Seller shall furnish the Purchaser the following: 

(i)    on the fourth (4th) Business Day of each calendar month, aging
and past due reports relating to all Purchased Receivables, together with such other data, reports and information relating to the Purchased Receivables of each Account Debtor requested by Purchaser from time to time (including, without limitation,
proof reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser that each Seller has delivered to the applicable Account Debtor all property or performed all services required to be so delivered or performed by the terms of the Contract giving rise to the Purchased
Receivables); and 
 (ii)    as soon as possible and in any event within one (1) Business Day after becoming aware of
the occurrence thereof, written notice and a description in reasonable detail of (A) any non-payment of amounts due with respect to any Purchased Receivable or (B) any matter that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 (l)    Further Assurances. Each Seller will, at its expense, promptly execute and deliver all further
instruments and documents, and take all further action and provide all further notices that Purchaser may reasonably request, from time to time, in order to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the full and complete ownership of such Seller of
the Purchased Receivables, or to enable Purchaser to exercise or enforce the rights of Purchaser hereunder or under the Purchased Receivables.

(m)    Taxes. Each Seller will pay any and all taxes (excluding Purchaser’s income, gross receipts,
franchise, doing business or similar taxes) relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to the sale of each Purchased Receivable; except for those taxes that such Seller is contesting in good faith and for
which adequate reserves have been taken. Seller shall treat each sale of Purchased Receivables hereunder as a sale for federal and state income tax, reporting and accounting purposes. 

(n)    Not Adversely Affect Purchaser’s Rights. Each Seller will refrain from any act or omission which
might in any way prejudice or limit Purchaser’s rights under any of the Purchased Receivables or its rights under this Agreement. 

(o)    Change in Credit and Collection Policy. No Seller shall make any material change in any Credit and Collection
Policy, or any change in any Credit and Collection Policy that may adversely affect the collectability of the Purchased Receivables or the enforceability of any related Contract or the ability of Seller to perform its obligations under any related
Contract or under this Agreement. 
 (p)    Use of Proceeds. No proceeds of any purchase will be used (i) for
any purpose that violates any applicable law, rule or regulation, including Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board or (ii) to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 12, 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended. 
 5.    SERVICING; COLLECTION ACTIVITIES; ETC. 

(a)    Servicing.

(i)    Appointment of Servicer. Purchaser appoints Seller Agent as Purchaser’s servicer and agent (in
such capacity, the “Servicer”) for the administration, collection and 

  
 11 

 
servicing of all Purchased Receivables sold to Purchaser hereunder, and Seller Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to assume the duties and the administration and servicing
obligations as Servicer, and perform all necessary, advisable and appropriate commercial collection activities in arranging the timely payment of amounts due and owing by any Account Debtor all in accordance with applicable laws, rules and
regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, including, without limitation, diligently and faithfully performing all servicing and collection actions (including, if necessary, acting as party of record in foreign jurisdictions). Such
appointment as Servicer shall not release Seller Agent from any of its other obligations to comply with any other terms, covenants and provisions of this Agreement. In connection with its servicing obligations, Servicer will, and will ensure
that it will, perform its respective obligations and exercise its respective rights under the contracts and other agreements related to the Purchased Receivables (the “Contracts”) with the same care and applying the same policies as
it applies to their own Receivables generally and would exercise and apply if they owned the Purchased Receivables and shall act in the best interest of Purchaser to maximize Collections. Seller Agent shall perform the obligations of Servicer
with respect to the Purchased Receivables without compensation other than payment of the Purchase Price for the Purchased Receivables. 

(ii)    Replacement of Servicer. Upon the earlier to occur of (A) Servicer defaulting in its obligations set
forth under this Section 5, (B) an Insolvency Event with respect to Servicer, (C) a Material Adverse Change in any Seller or the Servicer, or (D) a breach of the representations and warranties by a Seller or Servicer in any
material respect under this Agreement, Purchaser may at any time thereafter (without requirement of notice to Servicer, any Seller or any other Person) replace the Servicer (which replacement may be made through the outplacement to a Person of all
back office duties, including billing, collection and processing responsibilities, and access to all personnel, hardware and software utilized in connection with such responsibilities). The applicable Seller shall promptly reimburse Purchaser
for all expenses incurred by Purchaser in connection with such replacement.
 (b)    Collections. 

(i)    Establishment of Account(s). Seller has established the Collection Account to receive amounts owing
under the Purchased Receivables and covenants to maintain such account so long as any Purchased Receivable remains unpaid unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Purchaser.

(ii)    Collections. Servicer covenants (i) to take any and all actions necessary (including those reasonably
requested by Purchaser) to ensure that all Collections on account of the Purchased Receivables shall be wired directly from each Account Debtor to the Collection Account, without adjustment, setoff or deduction of any kind or nature, (ii) not to
change the payment instructions while any Purchased Receivable remains outstanding, and (iii) to take any and all other actions, including actions reasonably requested by Purchaser, to attempt to ensure that any amounts not owing under the Purchased
Receivables will not be deposited to the Collection Account, so as to not comingle any Collections in the Collection Account with any other funds, property or assets of any Seller or Servicer; provided, however, that if any such amount shall be
deposited to the Collection Account, the provisions of Section 5(c) shall apply thereto. If any Seller inadvertently receives any Collections, it shall cause such Collections to be delivered to and deposited into the Collection Account
within one (1) Business Day of receipt. All Collections received or deposited into the Collection Account shall be delivered to and deposited in the Purchaser’s Account by the applicable Servicer within one (1) Business Day of receipt.

  
 12 

 (iii)    Receipt of Collections. No Collections shall be deemed
received by Purchaser for purposes of this Agreement until funds are credited to the Purchaser’s Account as immediately available funds or otherwise actually received by Purchaser. 

(iv)    Funds Held in Trust. Prior to being deposited to the Purchaser’s Account, funds received by a
Seller or Servicer in respect of any Purchased Receivables remain, nevertheless, the exclusive property of Purchaser, and each Seller and Servicer each shall be deemed to be holding such funds in trust for the exclusive use and benefit of
Purchaser. Neither Servicer nor any Seller shall, directly or indirectly, utilize such funds for its own purposes, and shall not have any right to pledge such funds as collateral for any obligations of Servicer or Seller or any other Person.

 (c)    Payment Reconciliation. Pursuant to its servicing obligations under Section 5 hereof,
Servicer shall be responsible for identifying, matching and reconciling any payments, Dilutions, and Disputes with respect to the Purchased Receivables associated with such payment. Servicer shall provide to Purchaser, substantially in the form
set forth in Exhibit E, a full reconciliation (“Payment Reconciliation”) of all such payments deposited in the Collection Account since the delivery of the immediately preceding Payment Reconciliation delivered to Purchaser,
together with the number of days outstanding of all Purchased Receivables having Collections deposited in the Collection Account and adjustments (including Dilutions amounts, if any, with respect to the Purchased Receivables), and from time to time
upon the request of Purchaser. If any payment is received in the Collection Account that does not constitute a Collection with respect to any Purchased Receivable, following receipt by Purchaser of evidence of payment details documenting that
the payment is for Receivables not constituting Purchased Receivables, such funds, together with interest thereon at the Discount Rate from the date of receipt to the date of payment to Servicer, will be forwarded to the applicable Seller, provided
that, if other amounts are owed (but have failed to be paid when due) by such Seller or any of its Affiliates hereunder, Purchaser may set off and/or apply such payments against any such other obligation. If any payment is received from an
Account Debtor, and such payment is not identified by such Account Debtor as relating to a particular Purchased Receivable and cannot otherwise be reasonably identified in accordance with the Payment Reconciliation as relating to a particular
Purchased Receivable within five (5) Business Days of receipt thereof, such payment shall be applied to the outstanding Receivables (whether constituting Purchased Receivables or Receivables of such Account Debtor not constituting Purchased
Receivables) with the oldest scheduled payment date that are not subject to any Dispute with the Account Debtor. 

(d)    Rights of Purchaser; Notices to Account Debtors. Purchaser shall have all rights as holder and owner in
respect of the Purchased Receivables, including, (with respect to the replacement of the Servicer), the right to exercise any and all of its rights, powers, privileges and remedies hereunder, under applicable law (including, the UCC) or at equity to
collect any Purchased Receivables directly from the applicable Account Debtor. In furtherance of the foregoing, without limiting the generality thereof, Purchaser may, in its sole discretion (but subject to Section 5(e) below), upon: (i)
any Material Adverse Change or Insolvency Event with respect to any Seller or Servicer, (ii) any breach or default by Seller or Servicer hereunder, (iii) the occurrence and continuation of any event which would permit Purchaser to replace the
Servicer (but prior to the expiration of, and without the need to take into account any grace or cure period as may be provided for prior to such replacement) or (iv) any late payment with respect to any Purchased Receivable, to the extent that such
late payment has not yet been determined to be the result of a Repurchase Event for which a Seller has paid or is required to pay the Repurchase Price therefore, notify or otherwise indicate to any Account Debtor that the applicable Seller has sold
the applicable Purchased Receivable to Purchaser hereunder, and may direct such Account Debtor to make payments with respect to such Purchased Receivable directly to the Collection Account (or as otherwise directed by Purchaser). In addition,
the Servicer will, upon Purchaser’s request, exercise commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Purchaser in any of its effort to enforce or collect upon the Purchased Receivables including, without limitation, providing the Purchaser with
contact information for the related Account Debtors and making introductions between the Purchaser and such Account Debtors, as so requested from time to time. 

  
 13 

 (e)    Account Debtor Payment Default; Delinquency Procedures. If
Purchaser does not receive all amounts owing with respect to any Purchased Receivable within three (3) Business Days following the Anticipated Payment Date thereof, then within two (2) Business Days after Purchaser’s request, Servicer shall
certify in writing to Purchaser as of the end of the third (3rd) Business Day following the Anticipated Payment Date that it has no knowledge of any Dispute (in part or in whole) with respect to such Purchased Receivable or whether there exists an
Account Debtor Insolvency Event (the “Initial Certification”). Within five (5) Business Days of the delivery of the Initial Certification, Servicer shall certify in writing to Purchaser (the “Second Certification”) that it
has contacted the Account Debtor and the Account Debtor has stated that it is not asserting any Dispute (in part or in whole) with respect to such Purchased Receivable and that the Servicer has no knowledge of the existence of a Dispute or whether
there exists an Account Debtor Insolvency Event. To the extent that the Purchased Receivable has not been paid in full as of the date that the Second Certification is due hereunder (unless Seller has repurchased the Purchased Receivable (or any
portion thereof) pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof), Purchaser may, at its option, take all actions it believes necessary and appropriate to obtain full collection of the Purchased Receivable from the relevant Account Debtor and, in connection
therewith, Seller shall immediately (i) advise the Account Debtor, in writing, with copy to Purchaser, of the sale of the Purchased Receivable by Seller to Purchaser, (ii) facilitate, at Purchaser’s request, direct contact between Account
Debtor and Purchaser, and (iii) continue to use all commercially reasonable efforts to assist Purchaser in obtaining full collection of the Purchased Receivable from Account Debtor. If Servicer fails to deliver either the Initial Certification
or Second Certification in accordance with its obligations and the requirements of this paragraph, a Dispute shall occur with respect to such Purchased Receivable. 

(f)    Power of Attorney to Enforce and Collect. In accordance with the foregoing (and without limiting any of
the Seller’s duties as Servicer or otherwise as set forth herein, Seller hereby grants to Purchaser, a power of attorney, with full power of substitution, coupled with an interest, and hereby authorizes and empowers Purchaser in the name and on
behalf of Seller, to take such actions, and execute and deliver such documents, as Purchaser deems necessary or advisable in connection with the servicing, collection, protection and enforcement of any Purchased Receivable. 

6.    REPURCHASE EVENTS; INDEMNITIES AND SET-OFF. 

(a)    Repurchase Events. If any of the following events (each, an “Event of Repurchase”) occurs
and is continuing with respect to any Purchased Receivable: 
 (i)    such Purchased Receivable did not constitute, at
the time of purchase, an Eligible Receivable; or 
 (ii)    any representation or warranty by a Seller hereunder with
respect to such Purchased Receivable is incorrect when made or deemed made and shall have an adverse effect on the ability to collect the Net Invoice Amount of such Purchased Receivable; or 

(iii)    a Seller, or Servicer fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or provision of the applicable Contract or
this Agreement with respect to such Purchased Receivable and such failure shall have an adverse effect on the ability to collect the Net Invoice Amount of such Purchased Receivable; or 

  
 14 

 (iv)    (A) the Account Debtor on such Purchased Receivable asserts a
Dispute with respect to such Purchased Receivable or such Purchased Receivable is the subject of any Dilution and (B) in each case, the Purchaser does not receive the amount due to it pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof within two (2) Business Days
after Purchaser notifies Seller of the amount; or 
 (v)    any Seller or Servicer instructs the Account Debtor on such
Purchased Receivable to pay amounts owing in respect of such Purchased Receivable to an account other than the Collection Account or any Account Debtor makes repeated mis-directions of payments; 

then, the applicable Seller shall, within two (2) Business Days of demand therefor from Purchaser (such date, the “Repurchase Date”),
repurchase such Purchased Receivable.
 The repurchase price (the “Repurchase Price”) for such Purchased Receivable shall be an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the portion of the Purchase Price received by Seller relating to such Purchased Receivable less the aggregate amount of all Collections with respect to such Purchased Receivable (including amounts received by Purchaser
pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof) deposited into the Purchaser’s Account, plus (ii) interest thereon for the period from the Anticipated Payment Date for such Purchased Receivable until the date the Repurchase Price has been repaid in full, at a
rate equal to the Repurchase Rate. 
 The Repurchase Price for a Purchased Receivable and all amounts due hereunder with respect to such Purchased
Receivable shall be paid to the Purchaser’s Account in immediately available funds on the Repurchase Date. Upon the payment in full of the Repurchase Price for a Purchased Receivable and all amounts due hereunder with respect to such
Purchased Receivable, such Purchased Receivable shall be considered repurchased by the applicable Seller from Purchaser without recourse to or warranty by Purchaser. Upon repurchase by a Seller, such Seller shall have all right, title and
interest in and to such repurchased Purchased Receivables. Each Seller agrees that Purchaser may set off any amounts which may be payable by the Purchaser to such Seller or any of its Affiliates against any unpaid obligation of such Seller under
this Section 6(a). Amounts due hereunder and not paid within two (2) Business Days of the date due hereunder shall thereafter accrue interest at the Delinquent Rate. 

(b)    General Indemnification. Each Seller and Servicer each hereby jointly and severally agrees to indemnify
Purchaser (together with Purchaser’s officers, directors, agents, representatives, shareholders, counsel and employees, each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities (including,
without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “Indemnified Amounts”) arising out of or resulting from any of the following: (i) the sale to Purchaser of any
Receivable which purports to be a Purchased Receivable as to which the representations and warranties made herein are not true and correct on the Purchase Date therefore; (ii) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Seller or
Servicer (or any of its respective officers) under or in connection with this Agreement which shall have been incorrect in any material respect when made; (iii) the failure by any Seller or Servicer to perform any of its covenants or other
obligations hereunder or its failure to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation; (iv) the failure to vest in Purchaser a perfected ownership interest in each Purchased Receivable, Related Rights and the proceeds and Collections in respect
thereof free and clear of any liens, charges or encumbrances of any kind or nature whatsoever (other than those granted under this Agreement); (v) any Dispute, or Dilution related to such Purchased Receivable (or any portion thereof); (vi) the
commingling by any Seller or Servicer of Collections at any time with other funds of such Seller, Servicer or any other Person; (vii) any failure by Servicer to perform its duties or obligations as Servicer hereunder in accordance with this
Agreement or any claim brought by any Person other than an Indemnified Party arising from Servicer’s collection activities; or (viii) any products liability claim, personal injury or property damage suit, environmental liability claim or
any other claim or action by a party of whatever sort, whether in tort, contract or any other legal theory, arising out of or in connection with the goods or services that are the 

  
 15 

 
subject of any Purchased Receivable with respect thereto. The foregoing indemnification shall not apply in the case any claims, losses or liabilities to the extent resulting solely from (i)
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) an Insolvency Event with respect to the applicable Account Debtor. Amounts due
hereunder shall accrue interest at the Delinquent Rate. 
 (c)    Tax Indemnification. All payments on the
Purchased Receivables from the Account Debtors will be made free and clear of any present or future taxes, withholdings or other deductions whatsoever. Each Seller will, jointly and severally, indemnify Purchaser for any such taxes,
withholdings or deductions as well as any stamp duty or any similar tax or duty on documents or the transfer of title to property arising in the context of this Agreement which has not been paid by a Seller. Further, each Seller shall pay, and
indemnify and hold Purchaser harmless from and against, any taxes that may at any time be asserted in respect of the Purchased Receivables hereunder (including any sales, occupational, excise, gross receipts, personal property, privilege or license
taxes, or withholdings, but not including taxes imposed upon Purchaser with respect to its overall net income in the jurisdiction under the laws of which the Purchaser is organized) and costs, expenses and reasonable counsel fees in defending
against the same, whether arising by reason of the acts to be performed by a Seller hereunder or otherwise. If any such taxes are required to be paid, such Seller shall promptly pay such tax and shall promptly send evidence reasonably acceptable to
the Purchaser confirming the payment of any such taxes. Amounts due hereunder shall accrue interest at the Delinquent Rate. 

(d)    Increased Costs. If Purchaser shall determine that any Regulatory Change regarding capital or liquidity
requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Purchaser’s capital or assets or increasing Purchaser’s amount of required liquidity as a consequence of (i) this Agreement, (ii) any of Purchaser’s
obligations under this Agreement or (iii) Purchaser’s purchase or the ownership, maintenance or funding of any Purchased Receivables hereunder, to a level below that which Purchaser would have achieved but for such Regulatory Change (taking
into consideration Purchaser’s policies with respect to capital adequacy), then, from time to time, within ten (10) days following demand by Purchaser, Sellers shall, jointly and severally, pay to Purchaser such additional amount or amounts as
shall compensate Purchaser for such event for the period from the time of such notice to Seller to the time of payment to Purchaser. Any amount owing pursuant to this section shall be paid to Purchaser in immediately available funds. A
certificate as to such amounts submitted to Seller Agent by Purchaser shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes as to the calculations therein, absent manifest error. Failure or delay on the part of Purchaser to demand compensation
pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of Purchaser’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Sellers shall not be required to compensate Purchaser pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions
incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Purchaser notifies the Sellers of the Regulatory Change giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of Purchaser’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further
that, if the Regulatory Change giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. 

(e)    Regulatory Indemnity. Each Seller will, jointly and severally, indemnify the Purchaser
for all losses, costs, damages, claims, actions, suits, demands and liabilities (together, the “Losses”) suffered or incurred by or brought against the Purchaser arising out of or relating to any Compliance Action (as defined
below), unless such Losses are solely and directly caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Purchaser as determined in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. 

(f)    Set-Off. Each Seller further agrees that, unless such Seller notifies Purchaser in writing that such
Seller desires to pay on the date when due any amounts due under this Section 6 and 

  
 16 

 
such Seller makes such payment to Purchaser in immediately available funds on the date that such payment is due, such Seller hereby irrevocably authorizes Purchaser, without further notice to
such Seller, to set-off such amount against any amounts which may be payable at such time by Purchaser to any Seller or its Affiliates. 

(g)    UCC; Other Rights. The rights granted to Purchaser hereunder are in addition to all other rights,
powers, privileges and remedies afforded to Purchaser as a buyer under the UCC or other applicable law. 

7.    RETAINED OBLIGATIONS. Purchaser shall have no responsibility for, or have any liability with respect to,
the performance of any Contract, nor shall the Purchaser have any obligation to intervene in any commercial dispute arising out of the performance of any Contract. All obligations of such Seller under each Contract, including all
representations and warranty obligations, all servicing obligations, all maintenance obligations, and all delivery, transport and insurance obligations, shall be retained by Seller (the “Retained Obligations”). Neither any
claim that a Seller may have against any Account Debtor or any other Person, nor the failure of an Account Debtor to fulfill its obligations under the applicable Contracts, shall affect the obligations of a Seller and a Seller as Servicer to perform
its obligations and make payments hereunder, and none of such events or circumstances shall be used as a defense or as set-off, counterclaim or cross-complaint as against the performance or payment of any of such Seller’s or Servicer’s
obligations hereunder. 
 8.    COSTS AND EXPENSES; DELINQUENT RATE.  

(a)    Sellers shall reimburse Purchaser for all reasonable costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses)
that Purchaser incurs in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement, any amendments hereto, the granting of any waivers hereunder and the administration, preservation of rights and enforcement hereof.

(b)    Any fees, expenses, indemnity, Repurchase Price or other amounts payable by Sellers to Purchaser in connection with
this Agreement shall bear interest each day from the date due until paid in full at the Delinquent Rate, whether before or after judgment. Such interest shall be payable on demand. Fees are deemed payable on the date or dates set forth
herein; expenses, indemnity, or other amounts payable by Sellers to Purchaser are due ten (10) days after receipt by the Seller Agent or the Servicer of written demand thereof. 

9.    GENERAL PAYMENTS. All amounts payable by a Seller or the Servicer to the Purchaser under this Agreement
shall be paid in full, free and clear of all deductions, set-off or withholdings whatsoever except only as may be required by law, and shall be paid on the date such amount is due by not later than 11:00 am (New York City time) to the account of the
Purchaser notified to Seller from time to time. If any deduction or withholding is required by law, each Seller shall pay to the Purchaser such additional amount as necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the Purchaser
equals the full amount the Purchaser should have received had no such deduction or withholding been required. All payments to be made hereunder or in respect of a Purchased Receivable shall be in USD. Any amounts that would fall due for
payment on a day other than a Business Day shall be payable on the succeeding Business Day. All interest amounts calculated on a per annum basis hereunder are calculated on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days for the actual
number of days elapsed. 
 10.    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT SHALL PURCHASER BE LIABLE TO Seller,
SERVICER OR ANY OTHER PERSON, FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLAR OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OF BUSINESS). 

  
 17 

 11.    NOTICES. Unless otherwise provided herein, any notice,
request or other communication which Purchaser, Sellers or Servicer may be required or may desire to give to the other party under any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing and sent by electronic mail, hand delivery or first class mail,
certified or registered and postage prepaid, and shall be deemed to have been given or made when transmitted with receipt confirmed in the case of electronic mail, when received if sent by hand delivery or five (5) days after deposit in the mail if
mailed, and in each case addressed to Purchaser, Sellers or the Servicer as set forth below. Any party hereto may change the address to which all notices, requests and other communications are to be sent to it by giving written notice of
such address change to the other parties in conformity with this paragraph, but such change shall not be effective until notice of such change has been received by the other parties. 

 

			
	If to any Seller or Servicer:	  	c/o Lifetime Brands, Inc.
		  	1000 Stewart Avenue
		  	Garden City, NY 11530
		  	Attn: Laurence Winoker, Senior Vice President & CFO
		  	Fax: 516-403-8796
		  	Email: larry.winoker@lifetimebrands.com
		
	If to Purchaser:	  	HSBC Bank USA, National Association
		  	452 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor
		  	New York, New York 10018
		  	Attn: Head — GTRF Transaction Risk Management
		  	Email: HBUS.RF.CLIENT.MANAGEMENT@US.HSBC.COM
	
	with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice hereunder):
		  	HSBC Bank USA, National Association
		  	452 Fifth Avenue, 7th Floor
		  	New York, New York 10018
		  	Attn: Legal, Global Trade and Receivables Finance
		  	Email: HBUS.RF.CLIENT.MANAGEMENT@US.HSBC.COM

 Each Seller agrees that Purchaser may presume the authenticity, genuineness, accuracy, completeness and due execution of any
email communication bearing a facsimile or scanned signature resembling a signature of an authorized Person of a Seller or Servicer without further verification or inquiry by the Purchaser. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser in its sole
discretion may elect not to act or rely upon such a communication and shall be entitled (but not obligated) to make inquiries or require further action by Seller to authenticate any such communication.

12.    SURVIVAL. Notwithstanding the occurrence of the Purchase Termination Date, (a) all covenants,
representations and warranties made herein shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Purchased Receivables remain outstanding; and (b) each Seller’s and Servicer’s obligations to indemnify Purchaser with respect to the
expenses, damages, losses, costs, liabilities and other obligations shall survive until the later of (i) all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Purchaser or any other indemnified party have
run and (ii) 365 days following the entry of a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to actions brought against Purchaser or any other Indemnified Party that were initiated prior to the end of the applicable
statute of limitations for such actions. 
 13.    GOVERNING LAW; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; ETC. 

  
 18 

 (a)    This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York,
without giving effect to conflict of laws principles that would require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

(b)    Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the
nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York
State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. A final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by
law. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising
out of or relating to this Agreement in any New York State or federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of inconvenient forum to
the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 
 (c)    EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT
THAT SUCH PERSON MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR
STATUTORY CLAIMS. 
 14.    GENERAL PROVISIONS.  

(a)    This Agreement represents the final agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements with respect to such subject matter. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by a writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b)    This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of
the parties; provided, however, that neither any Seller nor Servicer may assign any of its rights hereunder without Purchaser’s prior written consent, given or withheld in Purchaser’s sole discretion. Purchaser shall
have the right without the consent of or notice to any Seller or Servicer to sell, transfer, negotiate or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in, Purchaser’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder and in any of the
Purchased Receivables sold hereunder. 
 (c)    Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other
provision hereof for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and
delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same agreement. 

(d)    Each Seller acknowledges that from time to time financial advisory, investment banking and other services may be
offered or provided to a Seller or one or more of its Affiliates (in connection with this Agreement or otherwise) by Purchaser or its subsidiaries. Each Seller hereby authorizes Purchaser to share any information (including Confidential
Information, as defined below) 

  
 19 

 
delivered to Purchaser by a Seller and Seller subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with the decision of Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, to any other business unit of
Purchaser and/or to any subsidiary of Purchaser and to any potential assignee or participant or to any other Person following any breach or default of any Seller or Servicer hereunder. Such authorization shall survive the termination of this
Agreement or any provision hereof. Except as set forth in this paragraph (d) above, each party agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any Confidential Information (as defined below) of the other party and shall not disclose such
Confidential Information to any third party except as set forth in this Agreement. “Confidential Information” shall mean information of a party that is clearly identified as being “Confidential
Information”. “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that (i) is part of the public domain without any breach of this Agreement by the receiving party; (ii) is or becomes generally known to the general
public or organizations engaged in the same or similar businesses as the receiving party on a non-confidential basis, through no wrongful act of such party; (iii) is known by the receiving party prior to disclosure to it hereunder without any
obligation to keep it confidential; (iv) is disclosed to it by a third party which, to the best of the receiving party’s knowledge, is not required to maintain the information as proprietary or confidential; (v) is independently developed by
the receiving party without reference to Confidential Information of the other party; or (vi) is the subject of a written agreement whereby the other party consents to the disclosure of such Confidential Information on a non-confidential
basis. A party may disclose Confidential Information, without the consent of the other party, if such party is requested or becomes legally compelled (by applicable law, rule, regulation, oral questions, interrogatories, request for information
or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information. The obligations under this paragraph (d) shall terminate on the date which is seven (7) years from the Signing Date
(the “Confidentiality Termination Date”). Following the Confidentiality Termination Date, Purchaser shall, in its sole determination, either return Confidential Information of a Seller to a Seller, unless otherwise required by
applicable law or regulation to maintain, or confirm to Seller that it has destroyed any Confidential Information in accordance with its document retention policy, unless otherwise required by applicable law to maintain. 

(e)    Seller acknowledges and agrees that: 

(i)    the HSBC Group, and HSBC Group’s service providers are required to act in accordance with the laws and
regulations of various jurisdictions, including those which relate to Sanctions and the prevention of money laundering, terrorist financing, bribery, corruption and tax evasion; 

(ii)    the Purchaser may take, and may instruct other members of the HSBC Group to take, to the extent it is legally
permitted to do so under the laws of its jurisdiction, any action (a “Compliance Action”) which it, in its sole discretion, considers appropriate to act in accordance with Sanctions or domestic and foreign laws and
regulations. Such Compliance Action may include but is not limited to the interception and investigation of any payment, communication or instruction; the making of further enquiries as to whether a Person or entity is subject to any Sanctions;
and the refusal to process any transaction or instruction that does not conform with Sanctions; and 
 (iii)    neither
the Purchaser nor any member of HSBC Group will be liable to Seller, Servicer or any other Person for any loss, damage, delay, or a failure of the Purchaser to perform its duties under this agreement arising out of or relating to Compliance Action
taken by the Purchaser or any HSBC Group member in its sole discretion. 
 15.    Joint and Several Liability;
Appointment of Seller Agent. 

  
 20 

 (a)    Joint and Several Liability. Each Seller agrees that each
reference to “Sellers” in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to each such Seller, jointly and severally with the other Sellers. Each Seller (i) shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations, duties and covenants of
each other Seller under this Agreement and the acts and omissions of each other such Seller including, without limitation, under Section 6 hereof, and (ii) jointly and severally makes each representation and warranty for itself and each other such
Seller under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, in any action to enforce amounts payable by any Seller or any proceeding to allow or adjudicate a claim hereunder, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that enforcement of
the joint and several obligations of all of Sellers against such Seller for the full amount of such amounts is not lawful under, or would be subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable provision of
Federal or state law, the liability of such Seller hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount lawful and not subject to avoidance under such law. 

(b)    Appointment of Seller Agent. 

(i)    Each Seller hereby appoints LBI (in such capacity, the “Seller Agent”) as its representative under
this Agreement and agreements and documents entered into or executed and delivered by or on behalf of any Seller in connection herewith, and each Seller irrevocably authorizes Seller Agent to act as the representative of such Seller with the rights
and duties set forth herein. LBI agrees to act as Seller Agent upon the conditions contained in this Section 15(b). 

(ii)    Each Seller hereby appoints Seller Agent as its agent for the purpose of receiving all payments to be made to such
Seller hereunder, at which time Seller Agent hereby agrees to promptly disburse such payments to the appropriate Seller. Neither Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, agents or employees, shall be liable to Seller Agent or any Seller
for the failure by Seller Agent to make distributions hereunder (including, without limitation, in connection with the payment of the Purchase Price for any Purchased Receivables) or any other action taken or omitted to be taken by Seller Agent or
Sellers pursuant to this Section 15(b). 
 (iii)    Each Seller shall promptly notify Seller Agent of the occurrence of
any Event of Repurchase hereunder. In the event that Seller Agent is aware of any Event of Repurchase or receives such a notice, Seller Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to Purchaser. Any notice provided to Seller Agent hereunder
shall constitute notice to each Seller on the date received by Seller Agent. 
 (iv)    Upon the prior written consent
of Purchaser, Seller Agent may resign at any time, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor Seller Agent acceptable to Purchaser. 

(v)    Sellers hereby empower and authorize Seller Agent, on behalf of Sellers, to execute and deliver to Purchaser each
Purchase Request and any amendment, restatement, supplement or modification to such Purchase Request and all agreements, certificates, documents, or instruments related to or in connection with this Agreement as shall be necessary or appropriate to
effect the purposes of this Agreement. Further, each Seller agrees that Seller Agent is empowered to make representations and warranties in connection with this Agreement or the Purchase Request on behalf of the applicable Seller; it being
agreed that such representations and warranties made by Seller Agent on behalf of any Seller shall be binding on such Seller and shall be effective as if such representations and warranties were made directly by such Seller. Each Seller agrees
that any action taken by Seller Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other agreements executed or delivered in connection therewith, and the exercise by Seller Agent of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with
such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of Sellers. 

  
 21 

 (vi)    Each Seller hereby agrees that such Seller shall furnish promptly to
Seller Agent all information required hereunder or requested by Seller Agent on which Seller Agent shall rely to prepare the Purchase Request, any amendment, restatement, supplement or modification to the Purchase Request, make representations and
warranties and prepare or deliver other documents that are required to be prepared or delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the Purchase Request. 

(vii)    Each Seller acknowledges that, together with each other Seller, it is part of an affiliated common enterprise in
which any financial accommodations extended to any one Seller will result in direct and substantial economic benefit to each other Seller, and each Seller will likewise benefit from the economies of scale associated with the Sellers, as a group,
obtaining financial accommodations and the ability to effect sales of Receivables on a collective basis. 

(viii)    The handling of this Agreement as a co-seller facility with a Seller Agent in the manner set forth in this
Agreement is solely an accommodation to Sellers and at their request. Sellers’ agree that in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction)
Purchaser shall not incur any liability whatsoever to Sellers or any other Person as a result of Purchaser’s dealing with Seller Agent as representative of the Sellers in accordance with this Section 15.

16.    Joinder of Additional Sellers. Seller may join an Affiliate as an additional Seller (a “New
Seller”) under this Agreement subject to the receipt of Purchaser’s prior written approval (which approval may be given or denied in Purchaser’s sole discretion) and the satisfaction of the following conditions, all in form and
substance satisfactory to Purchaser: 
 (a)    Such proposed New Seller shall have executed and delivered to Purchaser a
duly executed Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto. 
 (b)    Purchaser shall have received a
fully completed Seller Information Schedule for New Seller in the form attached as Schedule 2, containing certain factual information regarding New Seller to the extent that such information was not previously delivered to the Purchaser. 

(c)    Purchaser shall have received an executed certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of New Seller
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C, certifying the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers authorized on behalf of the New Seller to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Joinder Agreement, each Purchase Request
and any other documents to be executed or delivered by it hereunder, together with its Organizational Documents and board resolutions, evidencing necessary organizational action and governmental approvals, if any, necessary for New Seller to
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Joinder Agreement and this Agreement. 
 (d)    Purchaser shall
have received tax and judgment Lien searches with respect to each New Seller in such jurisdictions as Purchaser shall require, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Purchaser. 

(e)    Purchaser shall have received a good standing certificate for each New Seller dated not more than thirty (30) days
prior to the date of the proposed joinder. 
 (f)    Purchaser shall have received such other certificates, instruments,
documents and agreements as may be required by Purchaser, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser. 

  
 22 

 (g)    Purchaser shall have given its prior written approval, which approval
may be given or denied for any reason or no reason. 
 (h)    Purchaser shall have received an updated authorization
letter in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser. 
 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank] 

  
 23 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date
first above written. 
  

			
	LIFETIME BRANDS, INC., as Seller Agent, a Seller and initial Servicer
		
	By:	 	/s/ Laurence Winoker
	Name:	 	Laurence Winoker
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Purchaser
		
	By:	 	/s/ Heidi C. Pote
	Name:	 	Heidi C. Pote
	Title:	 	Head of Solutions Implementation, Global Trade and Receivables Finance

  
 Signature Page to
Receivable Purchase Agreement 

 Schedule 1 

Account Debtors 
  

			
	 Name of Account Debtor
	 	 Buffer Period

		 	

  
 Schedule 1 

 Schedule 2 

Seller Information Schedule 
  

	 	1.	Actual Name, as reflected in the attached organizational documents (i.e., certified copy of the Certificate of Incorporation): 

Lifetime Brands, Inc. 
  

	 	2.	Trade Name(s) (if any): 

  

	 	3.	Type and Jurisdiction of Organization (e.g., Delaware corporation, sole proprietorship): 

Delaware corporation 
  

	 	4.	Address of Place of Business (if only one) or chief executive office (if more than one place of business): 

1000 Stewart Avenue 

Garden City, NY 11530 

  
 Schedule 2 

 Exhibit A 

Definitions 

“Account Debtor”: The meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Adjustment Payment”: The meaning set forth in Section 2(f). 

“Adjustment Percentage”: Established by Purchaser in consultation with Seller Agent from time to time. 

“Affiliate”: With respect to any Person, each officer, director, general partner or joint-venturer of such Person and
any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purpose of this definition, “control” means the possession of either (a) the power to vote, or the
beneficial ownership of, 25% or more of the equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by
contract or otherwise. 
 “Agreement”: The meaning set forth in the preamble of the agreement to which this Exhibit is
attached. 
 “Anticipated Payment Date”: For an invoice, the date arrived at by adding the Buffer Period to the
Invoice Due Date. 
 “Applicable Interest Period”: with respect to any Purchased Receivable, an interest period equal to
the number of days from the Purchase Date to the Settlement Date of such Purchased Receivable, rounded up to the nearest 30, 60, 90 or 180 days, provided however in no event may the Applicable Interest Period be greater than 180 days. 

“Buffer Period”: In connection with the Purchaser’s initial purchase of a Purchased Receivable hereunder, the
number of days (if any) set forth on Schedule 1 for each applicable Account Debtor. Thereafter, the Buffer Period with respect to any Account Debtor (including, without limitation, any Account Debtors whose Receivables were included in the
initial purchase hereunder) may be established and/or adjusted from time to time prospectively to such number of days as shall be agreed upon in good faith by Seller and the Purchaser based on the payment history of such Account Debtor. 

“Business Day”: Any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York City are required or
permitted to close. 
 “Collections”: With respect to any Purchased Receivable, all proceeds thereof. 

“Collection Account”: With respect to LBI, the account maintained in the name of LBI at HSBC Bank USA, National
Association with Account #, Federal ABA #, and SWIFT Code:, which account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of Purchaser. With respect to any other Seller, the account maintained in the name of such Seller at HSBC Bank
USA, National Association, which account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of Purchaser. 

“Contracts”: The meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof. 

“Credit and Collection Policy” means, as the context may require, those receivables credit and collection policies and
practices of the applicable Seller in effect on the Signing Date and provided to the Purchaser, as may be modified from time to time in compliance with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents. 

  
 Exhibit A-1 

 “Deferred Payment”: The meaning set forth in Section 2(e). 

“Delinquent Rate”: A rate of interest equal to three percent (3%) per annum plus the Discount Rate. 

“Dilution”: All actual and potential offsets to Purchased Receivables, including, without limitation, customer payment
and/or volume discounts, write-offs, credit memoranda, returns and allowances, and billing errors. 
 “Discount Period”:
With respect to any Purchased Receivable, the number of days between the Purchase Date and the Anticipated Payment Date (including the Purchase Date, but not including the Anticipated Payment Date). 

“Discount Rate”: A rate equal to LIBOR plus % per annum. 

“Dispute”: Any dispute, discount, deduction, claim, offset, defense or counterclaim of any kind relating to one or more
Purchased Receivables (other than a discount or adjustment granted with the Purchaser’s prior written consent), regardless of whether the same (i) is in an amount greater than, equal to or less than the applicable Purchased Receivable,
(ii) is bona fide or not, or (iii) arises by reason of an act of God, civil strife, war, currency transfer restrictions, foreign exchange controls, domestic or foreign political restrictions or regulations, or any other circumstance beyond the
control of the applicable Seller or the applicable Account Debtor.
 “Effective Date”: The date upon which all of the
conditions precedent set forth in Section 2(d) have been satisfied. 
 “Eligible Receivable”: A Receivable that
satisfies each of the following conditions to the satisfaction of Purchaser:
 (i) is generated by Seller in the ordinary
course of its business from sale of goods or the provision of services to an Account Debtor under a duly authorized Contract that is in full force and effect and that is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the applicable Seller and the related
Account Debtor, enforceable against each such Person in accordance with its terms, 
 (ii) such sale of goods or provision of
services to the applicable Account Debtor have been fully delivered or performed by the applicable Seller, 
 (iii) that by
its terms has an Invoice Due Date that is no more than sixty (60) days from the original invoice date and such Invoice Due Date has not occurred, 

(v) that is owned by a Seller, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and security interests of any Person, 

(vi) that is freely assignable without the consent of any Person, including the applicable Account Debtor, or, if such consent
is required, such consent has been irrevocably received, 
 (vii) for which no default or event of default (howsoever
defined) exists under the applicable Contract between a Seller and the applicable Account Debtor, 

  
 Exhibit A-2 

 (viii) which is not subject to any Dispute or Dilution, 

(ix) which together with all other Purchased Receivables due from such Account Debtor, does not cause the aggregate amount of
such Purchased Receivable arising from sales to such Account Debtor to exceed the credit limit set by the Purchaser from time to time in its sole discretion, 

(x) with respect to which no covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement has been breached or is not true,

 (xi) that constitutes an account or a payment intangible as defined in the UCC and is not evidenced by instruments or
chattel paper, 
 (xii) is denominated in USD, and 

(xiii) the related Account Debtor is not a governmental entity, or an Affiliate of the applicable Seller. 

“Event of Repurchase”: The meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof. 

“Facility Amount”: Up to USD25,000,000. 

“HSBC Group”: collectively, the Purchaser, HSBC Holdings plc, its affiliates and subsidiaries. 

“Indemnified Amounts”: The meaning set forth in Section 6(b) hereof. 

“Indemnified Party”: The meaning set forth in Section 6(b) hereof. 

“Initial Payment”: The meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof. 

“Insolvency Event”: With respect to any Person, such Person shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due,
or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against such Person seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or
seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order
for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such
proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 30 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or such Person shall take any action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this definition; provided, that in the case of the
inability of a Person to pay its debts as such debts become due arising by reason of currency transfer restrictions, foreign exchange controls or foreign political restrictions or regulations beyond the control of Seller or such Person, such event
shall not be deemed an “Insolvency Event” hereunder. 
 “Invoice” With respect to any Proposed Receivable,
the related invoice for such Proposed Receivable as of the Purchase Date. 

  
 Exhibit A-3 

 “Invoice Due Date”: With respect to a Purchased Receivable, the last date
identified for timely payment in the applicable original invoice. 
 “LIBOR”: The rate established by Purchaser
(calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed over a 360-day year) equal to the offered rate appearing on the LIBOR01 Page as of 1:00 p.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the related Purchase Date with respect to Purchased
Receivables for the Applicable Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on the LIBOR01 Page at such time, or if for any reason such rate is not available, “LIBOR” shall be determined by reference to such other
comparable publicly available service for displaying the offered rate for deposits in Dollars in the London interbank market as may be selected by Purchaser and, in the absence of availability, such other method to determine such offered rate as may
be selected by Purchaser in its sole discretion. 
 “LIBOR01 Page”: The display designated as “LIBOR01 Page”
on the Reuters Service (or such other page as may replace the LIBOR01 Page on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying ICE Benchmark
Administration Limited rates for U.S. Dollar deposits). 
 “Material Adverse Change”: (a) a material adverse change in
(i) the business condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, prospects or properties of a Seller, or (ii) the ability of Sellers to fulfill their obligations hereunder, or (b) the impairment of the validity or enforceability of, or
the rights, remedies or benefits available to, Purchaser under this Agreement. 
 “Net Invoice Amount”: The amount
shown on the original invoice for the applicable Purchased Receivable as the total amount payable by the applicable Account Debtor, which amount shall be net of any discounts, credits or other allowances identified with specificity on such
original invoice. 
 “Organizational Documents”: (a) With respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of
incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and the
operating agreement, or the equivalent thereof; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any
agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable governmental authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate
or articles of formation or organization of such entity, or any equivalent thereof. 
 “Outstanding Account Debtor Purchase
Amount”: As of the date of determination, an amount equal to (i) the aggregate amount paid by Purchaser to Sellers in respect of Purchased Receivables of a particular Account Debtor, minus (ii) the aggregate amount of all
Collections with respect to such Purchased Receivables actually deposited into the Collection Account (other than Collections applied towards Deferred Payment amounts). 

“Outstanding Aggregate Purchase Amount”: As of the date of determination, an amount equal to the Outstanding Account
Debtor Purchase Amount for all Account Debtors in the aggregate. 
 “Person”: An individual, partnership, corporation
(including a business trust), limited liability company, limited partnership, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof. 

  
 Exhibit A-4 

 “Proposed Receivables”: With respect to any Purchase Date, the Eligible
Receivables proposed by Seller to Purchaser for purchase hereunder and described in a Purchase Request to be purchased on such Purchase Date. 

“Purchase Date”: Each date on which Purchaser purchases Eligible Receivables. 

“Purchase Price”: The meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof. 

“Purchase Request”: The meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 

“Purchase Termination Date”: The date on which this Agreement terminates pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof. 

“Purchased Receivables”: The meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 

“Purchaser”: The meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Purchaser’s Account”: The account maintained in the name of Purchaser at HSBC Bank US, N.A. with Account #,
Federal ABA #, CHIPS ABA No, and SWIFT Code:. 
 “Receivables”: Any indebtedness or other payment obligation
owing to any Seller by or on behalf of any Account Debtor (whether constituting an account, chattel paper, payment intangible or otherwise), including any right to payment of interest or finance charges and other obligations of such Account Debtor
with respect thereto, arising out of Seller’s sale and delivery of goods or Seller’s sale and provision of services. 

“Regulatory Change” means, with respect to any Person: 

(a)    any change in (or the adoption, implementation, administration, change in phase-in or interpretation or commencement
of effectiveness of) any: 
 (i)    applicable law with respect to such Person; 

(ii)    regulation, interpretation, directive, requirement or request (whether or not having the force of
law) applicable to such Person of (A) any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration of any applicable law referred to in clause (a)(i) or of (B) any fiscal, monetary or other authority having jurisdiction over such
Person; 
 (iii)    Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, International Financial Reporting Standards
or regulatory accounting principles applicable to such Person and affecting the application to such Person of any applicable law, regulation, interpretation, directive, requirement or request referred to in clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above; or 

(iv)    notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, and (B) all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign 

  
 Exhibit A-5 

 
governmental or regulatory authorities, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Regulatory Change” occurring and implemented after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted,
adopted, issued or implemented; or 
 (b)     any change in the application to such Person of any existing applicable
law, regulation, interpretation, directive, requirement, request or accounting principles referred to in clause (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) above. 

“Related Rights”: With respect to any Receivable: 

(i)    all of the applicable Seller’s interest in any goods, contracts or other assets (including any
returned goods or assets) relating to any sale giving rise to such Receivable; 
 (ii)     all security
interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to a contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements signed by the related
Account Debtor describing any collateral securing such Receivable; 
 (iii)    all tax refunds and
proceeds of insurance with respect thereto; 
 (iv)    all guaranties, insurance and other agreements or
arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the contract related to such Receivable or otherwise; 

(v)    all books, records and other information (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes,
discs, punch cards, data processing software and related property and rights) relating to such Receivable and the related Account Debtor; and 

(vi)    all collections and other proceeds with respect to the foregoing. 

“Repurchase Date”: The meaning set forth in Section 6 hereof. 

“Repurchase Price”: The meaning set forth in Section 6 hereof. 

“Repurchase Rate”: A rate equal to LIBOR plus % per annum. 

“Retained Obligations”: The meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof. 

“Seller”: The meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Seller’s Account”: The account maintained in the name of Seller at HSBC Bank USA, National Association with
Account #, Federal ABA #, and SWIFT Code:, or such other bank account identified in writing by Seller to Purchaser from time to time. 

“Seller Agent”: The meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Servicer”: The meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof. 

“Settlement Date”: For any Purchased Receivable, means the date that occurs one (1) day after the Anticipated Payment
Date.
 “Signing Date”: September 30, 2016. 

  
 Exhibit A-6 

 “UCC”: The Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York from
time to time. 
 “USD”: United States Dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America. 

  
 Exhibit A-7 

 Exhibit B 

Form of Purchase Request 

[date] 
 HSBC Bank USA, National Association 

452 Fifth Avenue 
 New York, New York 10018 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2016, between Lifetime Brands, Inc.
(“Seller”) and HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“Purchaser”) (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Agreement”; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have
the meanings set forth in the Agreement). 
 Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, Seller hereby requests that Purchaser purchase from
Seller the Proposed Receivables listed herein with an aggregate Net Invoice Amount of USD[        ].

Seller represents and warrants that as of the date hereof and on the applicable Purchase Date: 

1.    Following the purchase of the Proposed Receivables set forth in this Purchase Request on the Purchase Date, the
Outstanding Aggregate Purchase Amount for all Purchased Receivables of all Account Debtors shall not exceed the Facility Amount; 

2.    Seller’s representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true and correct; 

3.    The conditions precedent for purchase set forth in Section 2(d) of the Agreement have been satisfied; 

4.    No Event of Repurchase exists on such Purchase Date except for repurchases being effectuated on the date hereof by
setoff by Purchaser against the Purchase Price for the Proposed Receivables which Seller hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Purchaser to do; and 

5.    There has not been any Material Adverse Change. 

6.    Set forth on the attached list is/are the applicable invoices related to the Proposed Receivables offered for
sale by Seller to Purchaser based on the approved Account Debtor(s), including Account Debtor’s legal name, address, the invoice number(s), the stated amount of the invoice(s), the date and term of the invoice, the stated due date of such
invoice(s). 
 Upon acceptance by Purchaser of this Purchase Request and payment of the Purchase Price, Purchaser hereby purchases, and the
undersigned Seller hereby sells, all of such Seller’s right, title and interest (but none of such Seller’s Retained Obligations) with respect to the Proposed Receivables on the attached Exhibit as of the date hereof, and the Proposed
Receivables shall become Purchased Receivables in the manner set forth in the Agreement. 

  
 Exhibit B-1 

 
			
	LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

					
	PURCHASE REQUEST ACCEPTED:
	
	HSBC Bank USA, National Association
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
		 	Date:	 	 

  
 Exhibit B-2 

 Annex A to Purchase Request 

Anticipated Payment Date 

Annex A shows the historical Anticipated Payment Date(s) for the applicable Account Debtor(s) refreshed on a quarterly basis. 

Please include Account Debtor’s account number, name, and address and the Anticipated Payment Date. 

 

							
	 Account Number
	 	 Account Debtor Name
	 	 Account Debtor’s
Address Information
	  	 Anticipated Payment Date

  
 Exhibit B-3 

 Exhibit C 

CERTIFICATE 
 Organization Name: Lifetime Brands,
Inc. 
 State Where Organized: Delaware 
 Type of
Organization:             Corporation 
 I, the undersigned, DO HEREBY CERTIFY
that I am an officer of, and authorized to certify on behalf of, the above named organization (the “Organization”), that I am the keeper of the minutes and records of the Organization, and that as of the date of this Certificate:

 1.    Each of the Persons named below presently holds the office in the Organization set forth next to such
person’s name, and next to the specification of the office held by each such person is a genuine specimen of such person’s signature: 
  

					
	 NAME
	  	 TITLE
	  	 SIGNATURE

			
	Jeffrey Siegel	  	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	  	 
	Ronald Shiftan	  	Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer	  	 
	Laurence Winoker	  	Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer	  	 

 2.    Attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B, respectively, are true, correct and
complete copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Organization, each as in effect on the date hereof; 

3.    Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true, correct and complete copy of certain resolutions of the Organization, which
resolutions were duly adopted by its Board of Directors and have not been amended, modified or rescinded since their adoption and remain in full force and effect. 

  
 Exhibit C-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this     th day of September, 2016. 
  

			
	LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	Sara Shindel
	Title:	 	General Counsel and Secretary

  
 Exhibit C-2 

 Exhibit A 

Certificate of Incorporation 

  
 Exhibit C-3 

 Exhibit B 

By-Laws 

  
 Exhibit C-4 

 Exhibit C 

Resolutions 
 HSBC Receivable
Purchase Agreement: 
 WHEREAS, it is desirable that Lifetime Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) be able to sell accounts
receivable owing to the Company by Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and its subsidiaries (other than Sam’s Club) (the “Receivables”) to HSBC Bank USA, National Association or to any agent of any of the foregoing (collectively, the
“Receivables Purchaser”) pursuant to a Receivable Purchase Agreement among the Company, as seller, seller agent and initial servicer, and the Receivables Purchaser (the “Purchase Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, it is desirable for the Company to execute the Purchase Agreement and to execute such other documents (collectively, the
“Transaction Documents”) relating to the Purchase Agreement which are necessary or advisable thereunder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE,
BE IT RESOLVED, that each of the persons designated on Annex A attached hereto (each, an “Authorized Officer”), acting singly, is hereby authorized to execute and deliver to the Receivables Purchaser, on behalf of the Company, the
Transaction Documents, in such form and substance as such Authorized Officer shall approve, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the execution by any Authorized Officer of said Transaction Documents and the delivery thereof to the
Receivables Purchaser; and it is further 
 RESOLVED, that any Authorized Officer, acting singly, is hereby authorized to execute and deliver
to the Receivables Purchaser, as applicable, such amendments, restatements or supplements of or schedules to the Transaction Documents as such Authorized Officer shall approve, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the execution by any
Authorized Officer of said amendment, restatement, supplement or schedule and the delivery thereof to the Receivables Purchaser; and it is further 

RESOLVED, that any Authorized Officer, acting singly, or any employee of the Company designed by said Authorized Officer, acting singly, is
hereby authorized to sell any Receivable to the Receivable Purchaser and to execute and deliver to the Receivables Purchaser, on behalf of the Company, any assignments or other agreements or documents of any type which, in the opinion of said
Receivables Purchaser, are necessary to vest title to the Receivables in the Receivables Purchaser; and it is further 
 RESOLVED, that any
officer, employee or agent of the Company, acting singly, is hereby authorized to execute and deliver to the Receivables Purchaser such documents and to do all acts deemed advisable or necessary by any such officer, employee or agent of the Company,
in order for the Company to carry out and perform the Transaction Documents and effect the foregoing resolutions, such performance or execution by such officer, employee or agent to be conclusive evidence of the approval by such officer, employee or
agent of such act or document; and it is further 
 RESOLVED, that all acts authorized by each of the foregoing resolutions taken heretofore
by any Authorized Officer or person authorized therein are hereby ratified as the authorized acts of the Company; and it is further 

  
 Exhibit C-5 

 RESOLVED, that each of the foregoing resolutions shall continue in full force until express
written notice of its rescission or modification has been received by the Receivables Purchaser, but if the authority contained in any of them should be revoked or terminated by operation of law without such notice, it is resolved and hereby agreed
for the purpose of inducing the Receivables Purchaser to act thereunder that the Receivables Purchaser shall be saved harmless from any loss suffered or liability incurred by it in so acting after such revocation or termination without such notice;
and it is further 
 RESOLVED, that these resolutions are in addition to and not by way of limitation on any other resolutions of the Company
in favor of the Receivables Purchaser. 

  
 Exhibit C-6 

 Annex A to 

HSBC Receivable Purchase Agreement Resolution 
  

			
	Jeffrey Siegel	  	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
		
	Ronald Shiftan	  	Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer
		
	Laurence Winoker	  	Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 Exhibit C-7 

 Exhibit D 

Description of Collateral in Financing Statement 

“All receivables, accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, promissory notes, instruments and other rights to payment (and all related collections,
proceeds, rights and security with respect thereto) purchased by the Secured Party from Debtor and arising out of the Debtor’s sale of goods or provision of services.” 

  
 Exhibit D 

 Exhibit E 

Payment Reconciliation 

Exhibit E shows the payment for each individual invoice related to the Purchased Receivable. 

Please include all the information in the Purchase Request together with the payment date, payment amount, any Dilutions and the outstanding
amount, if any. 
  

																																													
	 Account
	  	SOLD_TO_NAME
(Customer)	 	  	Address	 	  	Document No
(Invoice No)	 	  	Amount	 	  	Invoice
Date	 	  	Invoice
Due Date	 	  	Term
Date	 	  	Payment
Date	 	  	Payment
Amount	 	  	Offsets	 	  	Outstanding	 
		  				  				  				  				  				  				  				  				  				  				  			

  
 Exhibit E 

 Exhibit F 

[Form of] 
 JOINDER AGREEMENT 

[Name of New Seller] 
 [Address of
New Seller] 
 [Date] 
 HSBC Bank USA, National
Association 
 452 Fifth Avenue 
 New York, New York 10018 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 Reference is made to that
certain Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of                     , 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Purchase Agreement), by and among Lifetime Brands, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (“LBI”), in its capacity as the administrative agent for the Sellers (in such capacity, the “Seller Agent”), each subsidiary and Affiliate of LBI now and hereafter signatory thereto as a
“Seller” (each a “Seller” and collectively the “Sellers”), and LBI as the initial “Servicer” and HSBC Bank USA, National Association (together with its permitted successors and
assigns, the “Purchasers”). 
 This Joinder Agreement supplements the Purchase Agreement and is delivered by the
undersigned, [                    
                    ] (the “New Seller”), pursuant to Section 16 of the Purchase Agreement. Effective as of the date
hereof, the New Seller hereby agrees to be bound as a Seller by all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Purchase Agreement on
the execution date of the Purchase Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the New Seller hereby agrees as follows: 

(a)    The New Seller hereby makes, as of the date hereof, each of the representations and warranties and agrees to each
of the covenants applicable to a Seller contained in the Purchase Agreement. 
 (b)    New Seller hereby adopts the
Purchase Agreement and assumes in full, and acknowledges that it is liable for, the payment, discharge, satisfaction and performance of all obligations applicable to a Seller under the Purchase Agreement.

(c)    New Seller hereby appoints LBI as its Seller Agent to the fullest extent set forth in Section 15 of the Purchase
Agreement. LBI agrees to act as Seller Agent for New Seller and the other Sellers as set forth in Section 15 of the Purchase Agreement. 

(d)    As collateral security for all of New Seller’s obligations (monetary or otherwise) under the Purchase
Agreement, whether now or hereafter existing or arising, due or to become due, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, New Seller hereby grants to Purchaser a security interest in all of New Seller’s right, title and interest (including any
undivided interest of New Seller) in, to and under all of the following, whether now or hereafter owned, existing or arising: (i) all Purchased Receivables from time to 

  
 Exhibit F-1 

 
time and all Related Rights with respect thereto, (ii) all Collections with respect to such Purchased Receivables, (iii) all accounts into which Collections may be deposited and all amounts on
deposit therein, and (iv) all proceeds of, and all amounts received or receivable under any or all of, the foregoing. 
 This Joinder
Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CHOICE OF LAW THAT WOULD APPLY THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. 

[Signature Page Follows] 

  
 Exhibit F-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Seller has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed and delivered
by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NEW SELLER]
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  

			
	AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
	
	HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Purchaser
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  
 Exhibit F-3EX-4.1

 EXHIBIT 4.1 
  

 
  

FORM OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE 

dated as of September 26, 2000, 

As Amended and Restated as of August 9, 2011 

As Further Amended and Restated as of             
    , 2016 
 between 

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, 

as Issuer, 
 and 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 

as Trustee 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 RECITALS OF THE ISSUER
	  	 	1	  
	 GRANTING CLAUSE
	  	 	1	  
	 AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES
	  	 	2	  
	 LIMITED RECOURSE
	  	 	2	  
		
	 ARTICLE I Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application
	  	 	3	  
			
	 SECTION 101.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	3	  
	 SECTION 102.
	 	 Compliance Certificates and Opinions
	  	 	25	  
	 SECTION 103.
	 	 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 104.
	 	 Acts of Noteholders
	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 105.
	 	 Notices, etc., to Trustee and Issuer
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 106.
	 	 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 107.
	 	 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 108.
	 	 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 109.
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 110.
	 	 Separability Clause
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 111.
	 	 Benefits of Indenture
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 112.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 113.
	 	 Counterparts
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 114.
	 	 Interest Period Convention
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 115.
	 	 Indenture Referred to in the Trust Agreement
	  	 	29	  
		
	 ARTICLE II Note Forms
	  	 	29	  
			
	 SECTION 201.
	 	 Forms Generally
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 202.
	 	 Forms of Notes
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 203.
	 	 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 204.
	 	 Notes Issuable in the Form of a Global Note
	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 205.
	 	 Temporary Global Notes and Permanent Global Notes
	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 206.
	 	 Beneficial Ownership of Global Notes
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 207.
	 	 Notices to Depository
	  	 	34	  
		
	 ARTICLE III The Notes
	  	 	34	  
			
	 SECTION 301.
	 	 General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of a Series, Class or
Tranche
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 302.
	 	 Denominations
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 303.
	 	 Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 304.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 305.
	 	 Registration, Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 306.
	 	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 307.
	 	 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 308.
	 	 Persons Deemed Owners
	  	 	41	  

  
 -i- 

							
	 SECTION 309.
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 310.
	 	 Computation of Interest
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 311.
	 	 New Issuances of Notes
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 312.
	 	 Specification of Required Subordinated Amount and other Terms with Respect to each Class
of a Multiple Issuance Series
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 313.
	 	 Required Subordinated Amount Conditions to Issuance of Notes of a Tranche of a Senior
Class of a Multiple Issuance Series
	  	 	45	  
		
	 ARTICLE IV Accounts and Investments
	  	 	47	  
			
	 SECTION 401.
	 	 Collections
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 402.
	 	 Accounts
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 403.
	 	 Investment of Funds in the Accounts
	  	 	48	  
	 SECTION 404.
	 	 Excess Funds in the Interest Funding sub-Accounts or Principal Funding
sub-Accounts
	  	 	50	  
		
	 ARTICLE V Allocations, Deposits and Payments
	  	 	50	  
			
	 SECTION 501.
	 	 Allocations of Finance Charge Collections
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 502.
	 	 Allocations of Principal Collections
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 503.
	 	 Targeted Deposits of Finance Charge Collections to the Interest Funding
Account
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 504.
	 	 Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest; Other Deposits to the
Interest Funding Account
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 505.
	 	 Allocation of Deposits to Interest Funding sub-Accounts
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 506.
	 	 Deposit of Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings in Interest Funding sub-Accounts;
Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Shortfall
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 507.
	 	 Withdrawals from Interest Funding Account
	  	 	56	  
	 SECTION 508.
	 	 Targeted Deposits of Principal Collections to the Principal Funding
Account
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 509.
	 	 Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal; Other Deposits to
Principal Funding Accounts
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 510.
	 	 Reallocations of Funds on Deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 511.
	 	 Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 512.
	 	 Limit on Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit
Amounts Taken to Benefit Senior Classes of Single Issuance Series
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 513.
	 	 Limit on Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit
Amounts Taken to Benefit Senior Classes of Multiple Issuance Series
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 514.
	 	 Computation of Amount of Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amounts Taken from Subordinated Classes; Allocations of Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes from Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts
	  	 	68	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	 SECTION 515.
	 	 Limit on Repayments of Subordinated Classes of Single Issuance Series
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 516.
	 	 Limit on Repayments of Subordinated Classes of Multiple Issuance Series
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 517.
	 	 Limit on Repayments of all Tranches
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 518.
	 	 Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 519.
	 	 Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 520.
	 	 Reinvestment in the Collateral Certificate
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 521.
	 	 Final Payment
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 522.
	 	 Timing of Deposits
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 523.
	 	 Sale of Receivables
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 524.
	 	 Netting of Deposits and Payments
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 525.
	 	 Pro Rata Payments within a Tranche
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 526.
	 	 Allocations of Reductions from Investor Charge-Offs to the Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Amount of Subordinated Classes
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 527.
	 	 Allocations of Reimbursements of Reductions in the Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 528.
	 	 Order of Giving Effect to Reductions and Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation
Amount
	  	 	82	  
		
	 ARTICLE VI Satisfaction and Discharge; Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer or the
Banks
	  	 	83	  
			
	 SECTION 601.
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 602.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 603.
	 	 Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer or the Banks
	  	 	83	  
		
	 ARTICLE VII Remedies
	  	 	84	  
			
	 SECTION 701.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 702.
	 	 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 703.
	 	 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 704.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 705.
	 	 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 706.
	 	 Application of Money Collected
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 707.
	 	 Trustee May Elect to Hold the Collateral Certificate
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 708.
	 	 Sale of Receivables for Accelerated Notes
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 709.
	 	 Noteholders Have the Right to Direct the Time, Method and Place of Conducting Any
Proceeding for Any Remedy Available to the Trustee
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 710.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 711.
	 	 Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest; Limited
Recourse
	  	 	89	  

  
 -iii- 

							
	 SECTION 712.
	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 713.
	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 714.
	 	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 715.
	 	 Control by Noteholders
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 716.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 717.
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 718.
	 	 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	  	 	91	  
		
	 ARTICLE VIII The Trustee
	  	 	91	  
			
	 SECTION 801.
	 	 Certain Duties and Responsibilities
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 802.
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 803.
	 	 Certain Rights of Trustee
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 804.
	 	 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 805.
	 	 May Hold Notes
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 806.
	 	 Money Held in Trust
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 807.
	 	 Compensation and Reimbursement, Limit on Compensation, Reimbursement and
Indemnity
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 808.
	 	 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 809.
	 	 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 810.
	 	 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 811.
	 	 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 812.
	 	 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 813.
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 814.
	 	 Appointment of Authenticating Agent
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 815.
	 	 Tax Returns
	  	 	99	  
		
	 ARTICLE IX Noteholders’ Meetings, Lists, Reports by Trustee, Issuer and Managing
Beneficiary
	  	 	100	  
			
	 SECTION 901.
	 	 Issuer To Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders
	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 902.
	 	 Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders
	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 903.
	 	 Reports by Trustee
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 904.
	 	 Meetings of Noteholders; Amendments and Waivers
	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 905.
	 	 Reports by Issuer to the Commission
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 906.
	 	 Reports by Trustee
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 907.
	 	 Monthly Issuer’s Report
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 908.
	 	 Payment Request to Master Trust
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 909.
	 	 Monthly Computation Statement
	  	 	103	  
		
	 ARTICLE X Supplemental Indentures; Amendments to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
and Amendments to the Trust Agreement
	  	 	104	  
			
	 SECTION 1001.
	 	 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 1002.
	 	 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 1003.
	 	 Execution of Supplemental Indentures
	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 1004.
	 	 Effect of Supplemental Indentures
	  	 	107	  

  
 -iv- 

							
	 SECTION 1005.
	 	 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 1006.
	 	 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures
	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 1007.
	 	 Amendments to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Amendments to the Asset
Representations Review Agreement; Treatment of Noteholders and Note Owners
	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 1008.
	 	 Amendments to the Trust Agreement
	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 1009.
	 	 Notice
	  	 	108	  
		
	 ARTICLE XI Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Issuer
	  	 	109	  
			
	 SECTION 1101.
	 	 Payment of Principal and Interest
	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 1102.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 1103.
	 	 Money for Note Payments to be Held in Trust
	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 1104.
	 	 Statement as to Compliance
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1105.
	 	 Legal Existence
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1106.
	 	 Further Instruments and Acts
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1107.
	 	 Compliance with Laws
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1108.
	 	 Notice of Events of Default
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1109.
	 	 Certain Negative Covenants
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1110.
	 	 No Other Business
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 1111.
	 	 No Borrowing
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 1112.
	 	 Excluded Series
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 1113.
	 	 Rule 144A Information
	  	 	112	  
		
	 ARTICLE XII Early Redemption of Notes
	  	 	112	  
			
	 SECTION 1201.
	 	 Applicability of Article
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 1202.
	 	 Optional Repurchase
	  	 	114	  
	 SECTION 1203.
	 	 Notice
	  	 	114	  
		
	 ARTICLE XIII Collateral
	  	 	115	  
			
	 SECTION 1301.
	 	 Recording, Etc.
	  	 	115	  
	 SECTION 1302.
	 	 Trust Indenture Act Requirements
	  	 	117	  
	 SECTION 1303.
	 	 Suits To Protect the Collateral
	  	 	117	  
	 SECTION 1304.
	 	 Purchaser Protected
	  	 	117	  
	 SECTION 1305.
	 	 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
	  	 	117	  
	 SECTION 1306.
	 	 Determinations Relating to Collateral
	  	 	118	  
	 SECTION 1307.
	 	 Release of Collateral
	  	 	118	  
	 SECTION 1308.
	 	 Certain Actions by Trustee
	  	 	118	  
	 SECTION 1309.
	 	 Opinions as to Collateral
	  	 	118	  
	 SECTION 1310.
	 	 Delegation of Duties
	  	 	119	  
	 SECTION 1311.
	 	 Additional Representations Concerning Collateral
	  	 	119	  
		
	 ARTICLE XIV Miscellaneous
	  	 	120	  
			
	 SECTION 1401.
	 	 No Petition
	  	 	120	  
	 SECTION 1402.
	 	 Trust Obligations
	  	 	120	  

  
 -v- 

							
	 SECTION 1403.
	 	 Limitations on Liability
	  	 	120	  
	 SECTION 1404.
	 	 Notes Treated as Debt
	  	 	121	  
	 SECTION 1405.
	 	 Actions Taken by the Issuer
	  	 	121	  
	 SECTION 1406.
	 	 Derivative Counterparty as Third-Party Beneficiary
	  	 	121	  

  

			
	 Annex I
	  	 Threshold Conditions

		
	 Exhibit A
	  	 Form of Payment Request

	 Exhibit B
	  	 Form of Monthly Computation Statement

	 Exhibit C
	  	 Form of Issuer’s Report

	 Exhibit D
	  	 Form of Investment Letter

	 Exhibit E-1
	  	 Form of Certificate of Foreign Clearing Agency

	 Exhibit E-2
	  	 Form of Alternate Certificate to be Delivered to Foreign Clearing Agency

  
 -vi- 

 RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE 

ACT OF 1939 AND INDENTURE PROVISIONS* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	809
	 (a)(2)
	  	809
	 (a)(3
	  	Not Applicable
	 (a)(4)
	  	Not Applicable
	 (a)(5)
	  	809
	 (b)
	  	808, 810(d)(i)
	 (c)
	  	Not Applicable
	 311(a)
	  	813
	 (b)
	  	813
	 (c)
	  	Not Applicable
	 312(a)
	  	901, 902(a)
	 (b)
	  	902(b)
	 (c)
	  	902(c)
	 313(a)
	  	903
	 (b)
	  	903(c)
	 (c)
	  	903, 903(c)
	 (d)
	  	905
	 314(a)
	  	905, 1104
	 (b)
	  	1309
	 (c)(1)
	  	102, 601(c), 1307
	 (c)(2)
	  	102, 601(c), 1307
	 (c)(3)
	  	102, 601(c), 1307
	 (d)(1)
	  	1302
	 (d)(2)
	  	Not Applicable
	 (d)(3)
	  	Not Applicable
	 (c)
	  	102
	 315(a)
	  	801(a), 801(b)
	 (b)
	  	802
	 (c)
	  	801(c)
	 (d)
	  	801(d)
	 (d)(1)
	  	801(d)(i)
	 (d)(2)
	  	801(d)(ii)
	 (d)(3)
	  	801(d)(iii)
	 (c)
	  	717
	 316(a)(1)(A)
	  	709
	 316(a)(1)(B)
	  	716
	 316(a)(2)
	  	Not Applicable
	 316(b)
	  	711
	 316(c)
	  	Not Applicable
	 317(a)(1)
	  	703, 705
	 317(a)(2)
	  	704
	 317(b)
	  	1103
	 318(a)
	  	107

  
  

	*This	reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose be part of the within indenture. 

  
 -vii- 

 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE, dated as of September 26, 2000, as
amended and restated as of August 9, 2011, and as further amended and restated as of                  , 2016 between CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE
TRUST, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS (formerly known as Bankers Trust Company), a New York banking corporation (the
“Trustee”). 
 RECITALS OF THE ISSUER 

The Issuer and the Trustee are parties to that certain Indenture, dated as of September 26, 2000, as amended by Amendment No. 1
thereto dated as of November 14, 2001, as the same was amended and restated as of August 9, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Prior Indenture”).

 The Issuer and the Trustee have agreed to amend and restate the Prior Indenture in its entirety as set forth below. 

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Second Amended and Restated Indenture to provide for the issuance of its
notes to be issued in one or more fully registered series, classes or tranches. 
 All things necessary to make this Second Amended and
Restated Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done. 
 In consideration of
the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby amend and restate the Prior Indenture in its entirety as follows: 

GRANTING CLAUSE 
 To secure the
Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, the Issuer hereby grants to (a) the Trustee, for the benefit and security of the Noteholders, (b) each counterparty to a Derivative Agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of a
tranche of Notes that expressly states it is entitled to the benefit of the Collateral, subject to Section 1303, and (c) the Trustee, in its individual capacity (collectively, the “Secured Parties”), a Security Interest in
all of its right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to: 
 (i) the Collateral Certificate;

 (ii) the Collection Account; 

(iii) the Principal Funding Account; 

(iv) the Interest Funding Account; 

(v) the Class C Reserve Account; 

(vi) any Supplemental Account; 

 (vii) all sub-accounts in the Principal Funding Account, the Interest Funding
Account, the Class C Reserve Account and any Supplemental Account; 
 (viii) all securities, securities entitlements,
investments, money and other property held in or through the Collection Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Interest Funding Account, the Class C Reserve Account, any Supplemental Account or any sub-account thereof; 

(ix) all rights, benefits and powers under any Derivative Agreement relating to any tranche of Notes; 

(x) all interest, principal, payments or distributions of any nature or type on any of the above; 

(xi) all rights of enforcement against any of the representations and warranties made by the Beneficiaries pursuant to
Section 3.01 of the Trust Agreement; and 
 (xii) all present and future claims, demands, causes of and choses in action
in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing. 

The collateral described above is referred to as the “Collateral”. The Security Interest in the Collateral is granted
to secure the Notes (and, to the extent specified in the applicable terms document or Derivative Agreement, the obligations under any applicable Derivative Agreements) equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction, except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, or in the Issuer Certificate or supplemental indenture which establishes any tranche of Notes, between any Note and any other Note by reason of difference in time of issuance or otherwise, and to
secure (i) the payment of all amounts due on such Notes (and, to the extent so specified, the obligations under any Derivative Agreements) in accordance with their terms, (ii) the payment of all other sums payable under this Indenture and
(iii) compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, all as provided in this Indenture. 
 The Trustee acknowledges the grant of
such Security Interest, and accepts the Collateral in trust hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof and agrees to perform the duties herein to the end that the interests of the Noteholders may be adequately and effectively protected. 

Particular Notes and Derivative Agreements will benefit from the Security Interest to the extent (and only to the extent) proceeds and
distributions on the Collateral are allocated for their benefit pursuant to this Indenture and the applicable terms document. 
 AGREEMENTS
OF THE PARTIES 
 To set forth or to provide for the establishment of the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are and are to be
authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes or of a
series, class or tranche thereof, as the case may be: 
 LIMITED RECOURSE 

The obligation of the Issuer to make payments of principal, interest and other amounts on the Notes and to make payments on Derivative
Agreements is limited in recourse as set forth in Section 711. 

  
 2 

 ARTICLE I 

Definitions and Other Provisions 

of General Application 

SECTION 101. Definitions. For all purposes of this Indenture and of any supplemental indenture, except as otherwise expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to
them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular; 
 (2) all other terms used herein which are defined in
the Trust Indenture Act or by Commission rule under the Trust Indenture Act or in the Series 2000 Supplement, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein; 

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder means such accounting principles as are
generally accepted in the United States of America at the date of such computation; 
 (4) all references in this Indenture
to designated “Articles”, “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and other subdivisions of this Indenture as originally executed. The words “herein”,
“hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and 

(5) “including” and words of similar import will be deemed to be followed by “without
limitation”. 
 “Absolute Ownership” means, with respect to any Receivables, an absolute fee interest in specific
Receivables, whether or not the Servicer of the Master Trust acts as servicer with respect to such Receivables. 

“Accounts” means, collectively, the Collection Account, the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the
Class C Reserve Account, and any Supplemental Account. 
 “Act”, when used with respect to any Noteholder, is
defined in Section 104(a). 
 “action”, when used with respect to any Noteholder, is defined in
Section 104(a). 

  
 3 

 “Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount” means at any time with respect to
any tranche of Notes, the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Outstanding Notes of such tranche at such time, less any funds on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche at such time and not yet paid to the Holders of the
Notes of such tranche. 
 “Adjustment Ratio” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes as of any date, the ratio,
expressed as a decimal, of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche as of such date, to the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche as of such date. 

“Adverse Effect” means, whenever used in this Indenture with respect to any tranche of Notes with respect to any action, that
such action will (a) at the time of its occurrence or at any future date result in the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event or Event of Default, (b) adversely affect the amount of funds available to be distributed to the Noteholders of
any series pursuant to this Indenture or the timing of such distributions, or (c) adversely affect the Security Interest of the Secured Parties in the Collateral. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Allocable Miscellaneous Payments” is defined in the Series 2000 Supplement. 

“Amortizing Undivided Interest” means an Undivided Interest with respect to which the purchaser has the right to receive all
collections with respect to any Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, in each case in which such purchaser has its Undivided Interest. 

“applicable investment category” means with respect to any investment for an Account relating to a tranche of Class A
Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes, the following ratings: 
  

							
	 	  	Standard & Poor’s	  	Moody’s	  	Fitch
	 Class A Notes
	  	A-1+ or AAA	  	P-1 or Aaa	  	F-1+ or AAA
	 Class B Notes
	  	A or higher	  	A2 or higher	  	A or higher
	 Class C Notes
	  	BBB or higher	  	Baa2 or higher	  	BBB or higher

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if funds on deposit in an Account are for the benefit of more than one class of Notes, the
rating required for any investment of those funds will be the rating applicable to the most senior class. 
 “Asset Representations
Review Agreement” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 “Asset Representations Reviewer” is
defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 “Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee to
authenticate Notes under Section 814. 

  
 4 

 “Available Investor Principal Collections” is defined in the Series 2000
Supplement. 
 “Banks” means Citibank and any Person that becomes both a Seller and a Beneficiary after the date of this
Indenture. 
 “Beneficiaries” is defined in the Trust Agreement. 

“Business Day” unless otherwise specified in the terms document for any tranche of Notes, means any day other than (a) a
Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which national banking associations or state banking institutions in New York, New York or South Dakota, or any other state in which the principal executive offices of any Additional Seller (as defined
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) are located, are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed. 

“Citibank” means Citibank, N.A. 

“class” means, with respect to any Note, the class specified in the applicable terms document. Notes of a single class of a
series will rank equally with respect to payment of principal and interest, but, in the case of a Multiple Issuance Series, may differ with respect to interest rates, maturity or other terms. 

“Class A Note” means a Note specified in the applicable terms document as belonging to Class A. 

“Class A Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of Class A Notes of a Multiple Issuance
Series, a Dollar amount of Class B Notes or Class C Notes, as the case may be, as specified in Section 312(a) or in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Class A Notes, or as changed from time to time pursuant to
Section 312(b). 
 “Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount” is defined in Section 513(b). 

“Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount” is defined in Section 513(a). 

“Class B Note” means a Note specified in the applicable terms document as belonging to Class B. 

“Class B Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of Class B Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, a
Dollar amount of Class C Notes as specified in Section 312(a) or in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Class B Notes, or as changed from time to time pursuant to Section 312(b). 

“Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount” is defined in Section 513(c). 

  
 5 

 “Class C Note” means a Note specified in the applicable terms document as
belonging to Class C. 
 “Class C Reserve Account” means the trust account designated as such and established pursuant to
Section 402(a). 
 “Collateral” is defined in the Granting Clause. 

“Collateral Certificate” means the Series 2000 Certificate, issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the
Series 2000 Supplement, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Collection Account”
is defined in Section 402(a). 
 “Collections” is defined in Section 401. 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities
Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date. 

“Controlled Accumulation Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the amount specified in the applicable terms
document for computing the deposits targeted by Section 508(b). 
 “Conversion Date” is defined in
Section 523(d)(ii). 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee in New York, New York at
which at any particular time its corporate trust business will be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Global Securities Services—Structured Finance
Services. 
 “Defaulted Amount” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Depository” means a U.S. Depository or a Foreign Depository, as the case may be. 

“Derivative Agreement” means any currency, interest rate or other swap, cap, collar, guaranteed investment contract or other
derivative agreement. 
 “Derivative Counterparty” means any party to any Derivative Agreement other than the Issuer or the
Trustee. 
 “Discount Note” means a Note that provides for an amount less than the stated principal amount thereof to be
due and payable upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event or other optional or mandatory redemption or the occurrence of an Event of Default and the acceleration of such Note, in each case before the Expected Principal Payment Date of the
applicable Note. 
 “Dollar” means (a) United States dollars, or (b) denominated in United States dollars. 

“Due Period” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 6 

 “Early Redemption Event” is defined in Section 1201. 

“Effective Date” means the date on which this Indenture is executed and delivered by the parties hereto. 

“Eligible Deposit Account” means either (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated
trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank),
and acting as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities of such depository institution will have a credit rating from each Rating Agency in one of its generic credit rating categories which signifies investment
grade. 
 “Eligible Institution” means a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or
any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), which at all times has (a)(i) a long-term unsecured debt rating of A2 or better by Moody’s and (ii) a certificate of deposit
rating of P-1 by Moody’s and (b)(i) in the case of the Collection Account, if such depository institution is an Affiliate of Citigroup Inc., a certificate of deposit rating of A-1 or better by
Standard & Poor’s or (ii) for any other depository institution (or for any Affiliate of Citigroup Inc., in the case of any Account other than the Collection Account), either (x) a long-term unsecured debt rating of AAA by
Standard & Poor’s or (y) a certificate of deposit rating of A-1+ by Standard & Poor’s. If so qualified, the Trustee or the Managing Beneficiary may be considered an Eligible Institution for the purposes of this
definition. 
 “Eligible Investments” means book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented by
instruments in registered form which evidence: 
 (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely
payment by, the United States of America; 
 (b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit (having original
maturities of no more than 365 days) of depository institutions or trust companies incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof (or domestic branches of foreign banks) and subject to supervision and examination by
federal or state banking or depository institution authorities; provided that at the time of the Issuer’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the short-term debt rating of such depository institution or trust company
will be in the applicable investment category of each Rating Agency; 
 (c) commercial paper (having remaining maturities of
no more than 30 days) having, at the time of the Issuer’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from each Rating Agency in its applicable investment category; 

(d) investments in money market funds rated in the applicable investment category by each Rating Agency or otherwise approved
in writing by each Rating Agency; 
 (e) demand deposits, time deposits and certificates of deposit which are fully insured
by the FDIC; 

  
 7 

 (f) notes or bankers’ acceptances (having original maturities of no more
than 365 days) issued by any depository institution or trust company referred to in (b) above; 
 (g) time deposits
(having maturities of no more than 30 days), other than as referred to in clause (e) above, with a Person the commercial paper of which has a credit rating from each Rating Agency in its applicable investment category or notes which are payable
on demand issued by Citigroup Inc. or its Affiliates; provided that such notes will constitute Eligible Investments only for so long as the commercial paper of Citigroup Inc. or such Affiliate, as the case may be, has a credit rating from
each Rating Agency in its applicable investment category; or 
 (h) any other investments approved in writing by each Rating
Agency. 
 The Issuer may, but is not required to, purchase Eligible Investments from a registered broker-dealer which is an Affiliate of
the Trustee, Citibank and/or Citigroup Inc. 
 “Entity” means any Person other than an individual or government (including
any agency or political subdivision thereof). 
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time. 
 “Event of Default” is defined in Section 701. 

“Exchange Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the latest of: 

(a) in the case of exchanges of beneficial interests in Temporary Global Notes for beneficial interests in Permanent Global
Notes in registered form, any date that is after the related issuance date; 
 (b) [RESERVED]; and 

(c) the earliest date on which such an exchange of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Global Note for a beneficial interest
in a Permanent Global Note is permitted by applicable law. 
 “Excluded Master Trust Series” means any series or portion of
a series of Investor Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement which is by its terms an Excluded Series or the excluded portion of a series that is partially an Excluded Series. 

“Expected Principal Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the date specified as such in the applicable
terms document. 
 “FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor thereto. 

“Federal Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time. 

  
 8 

 “Finance Charge Collections” means the amount of Investor Finance Charge
Collections which are payable to the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2000 Supplement, including pursuant to Sections 4.02(a)(i), 4.02(a)(ii)(B) and 4.02(a)(iii) thereof. 

“Finance Charge Receivables” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Fitch” means Fitch, Inc., or any successor thereto. 

“foreign currency” means (a) a currency other than Dollars, or (b) denominated in a currency other than Dollars.

 “Foreign Depository” means the Person specified in the applicable terms document, in its capacity as depository for the
accounts of any clearing agencies located outside the United States. 
 “Global Note” means Notes issued pursuant to
Section 204. 
 “group” means any one or more series of Notes which are specified as belonging to a common group in
the applicable terms document. 
 “Holder”, when used with respect to any Note, means a Noteholder. 

“Indenture” or “this Indenture” means this Indenture as originally executed or as amended, supplemented,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and will include the terms of particular series, classes or tranches of Notes created as
contemplated by Section 301. 
 “Initial Dollar Principal Amount” means (a) unless otherwise specified in the
applicable terms document, with respect to tranches of Dollar Interest-bearing Notes, the aggregate initial principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such tranche, and (b) with respect to tranches of Discount Notes and foreign currency
Notes, the amount specified in the applicable terms document as the Initial Dollar Principal Amount thereof. 
 “Interest-bearing
Note” means a Note that bears interest at a stated or computed rate on the principal amount thereof. A Note may be both an Interest-bearing Note and a Discount Note. 

“Interest Deposit Date” means the respective dates specified for deposits into the Interest Funding sub-Accounts in
Section 503. 
 “Interest Funding Account” means the trust account designated as such and established pursuant to
Section 402(a). 
 “Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the Scheduled Interest Payment
Date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day) or upon the acceleration of a tranche of Notes following an Event of Default or upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event, or other optional or mandatory redemption
of that tranche of Notes, each Monthly Principal Date. 
 “Internal Revenue Code” or “Code” means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

  
 9 

 “Invested Amount” means (a) with respect to the Collateral Certificate, the
Series 2000 Invested Amount as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement, and (b) with respect to any other Investor Certificate, as defined in the supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement creating such Investor Certificate. 

“Invested Amount Deficit” means the Series 2000 Invested Amount Deficit, as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement. 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time. 

“Investor Certificate” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Investor Charge-Offs” is defined in the Series 2000 Supplement. 

“Investor Finance Charge Collections” is defined in the Series 2000 Supplement. 

“Issuer” is defined in the first paragraph of this Indenture. 

“Issuer Authorized Officer” means (a) an authorized signatory of the Issuer Trustee, or (b) the chairman or
vice-chairman of the board of directors, chairman or vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice-president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, or any assistant treasurer, in each
case of the Managing Beneficiary, or any other person who is authorized by the Managing Beneficiary to act on behalf of the Issuer. 

“Issuer Certificate” means a written request, order, consent or certificate signed in the name of an Issuer Authorized
Officer, or the Issuer by an Issuer Authorized Officer and, in each case, delivered to the Trustee. Wherever this Indenture requires that an Issuer Certificate be signed also by an accountant or other expert, such accountant or other expert (except
as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) may be in the employ of the Managing Beneficiary. 
 “Issuer’s
Report” means a report substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as the Issuer may determine. 
 “Issuer
Tax Opinion” means, with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that for Federal and Delaware income and (if applicable) franchise tax purposes (a) such action will not adversely affect the characterization of any
Outstanding series, class or tranche of Notes as debt, (b) such action will not cause a taxable event to Holders of any such Notes, (c) the Issuer will not be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation
following such action, and (d) where such action is the issuance of a series, class or tranche of Notes, following such action such series, class or tranche of Notes will be properly characterized as debt; provided, however, that any
such Opinion of Counsel may exclude an opinion regarding the characterization of Notes as debt pursuant to the proposed U.S. Treasury regulations (or any finalized version or successor thereof) under Section 385 of the Code, which were published in
the Federal Register on April 8, 2016, while held by Citibank or an affiliate of Citibank. 
 “Issuer Trustee” means The
Bank of New York (Delaware) not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as trustee of the Issuer, and each of its successors and assigns. 

“Legal Maturity Date”, with respect to a tranche of Notes, means the date specified in the terms document for such
tranche of Notes as the fixed date on which the principal of such tranche of Notes is due and payable. 

  
 10 

 “Majority Holders” means with respect to any group, series, class or tranche of
Notes or all Outstanding Notes, the Holders of a majority in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of that group, series, class or tranche or of all Outstanding Notes, as the case may be. 

“Manager” means the lead manager, manager or co-manager or person performing a similar function with respect to an offering
of Permanent Global Notes. 
 “Managing Beneficiary” is defined in the Trust Agreement. 

“Master Trust” means Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I, established pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Master Trust Trustee” means the “Trustee” as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Master Trust Tax Opinion” means, with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, for Federal and South
Dakota (and any other state where substantial servicing activities in respect of credit card accounts are conducted by any Additional Seller, as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or the Banks, if there is a substantial change from
present servicing activities) income and (if applicable) franchise tax purposes, (a) such action will not adversely affect the characterization as debt of the Investor Certificates, as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, of any
outstanding series or class under the Master Trust that was characterized as debt at the time of its issuance, (b) such action will not cause a taxable event to any Investor Certificateholder and (c) following such action the Master Trust
will not be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation. 
 “Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto. 
 “Monthly Computation Statement” means a statement
substantially in the form of Exhibit B, or such other form as the Issuer may determine. 
 “Monthly Interest Date” means,
with respect to any tranche of Notes: 
 (a) for any month in which a Scheduled Interest Payment Date for such tranche
occurs, the corresponding Interest Payment Date, or as otherwise specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Notes, and 

(b) for any month in which no Scheduled Interest Payment Date for such tranche occurs, the date in such month corresponding
numerically to the next Scheduled Interest Payment Date for such tranche of Notes, or as otherwise specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Notes; provided, however, that 

(i) if there is no numerically corresponding day in such month, then the Monthly Interest Date will be the last Business Day of
such month, and 
 (ii) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, the Monthly Interest Date will be the
next following Business Day (unless such Business Day would fall in the following month in which case the Monthly Interest Date will be the last Business Day of such earlier month). 

  
 11 

 “monthly period” is defined in Section 506. 

“Monthly Principal Date” means with respect to any tranche of Notes: 

(a) for the month in which the Expected Principal Payment Date for such tranche occurs, the Expected Principal Payment Date (or
if such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day), or as otherwise specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Notes, and 

(b) for any month in which no Expected Principal Payment Date for such tranche occurs, the date in such month corresponding
numerically to the Expected Principal Payment Date for such tranche of Notes, or as otherwise specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Notes; provided, however, that 

(i) if there is no numerically corresponding day in such month, then the Monthly Principal Date will be the last Business Day
of such month, and 
 (ii) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, the Monthly Principal Date will be
the next following Business Day (unless such Business Day would fall in the following month in which case the Monthly Principal Date will be the last Business Day of such earlier month). 

“Multiple Issuance Series” means any series of Notes other than a Single Issuance Series. 

“Nominal Liquidation Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, an amount determined as follows: 

(a) As of the date of issuance of such tranche of Notes, the Nominal Liquidation Amount will be the Initial Dollar Principal
Amount of such tranche of Notes. 
 (b) As of each subsequent date of determination, the Nominal Liquidation Amount will be
the sum of: 
 (i) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche immediately after the prior date of determination; 

plus 
 (ii) with respect
to any tranche of Discount Notes, the amount of any accretions of principal on that tranche paid to the Master Trust for investment in the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 520(a) since the prior date of
determination; 
 plus 

(iii) such tranche’s allocable share of Principal Collections allocated to such tranche pursuant to Section 502(c)
for investment in the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 520(c) since the prior date of determination; 

  
 12 

 plus 

(iv) such tranche’s allocable share of all reimbursements of Invested Amount Deficits or its Nominal Liquidation Amount
Deficit since the prior date of determination which are retained by the Master Trust pursuant to Section 527(e)(i) or paid to the Master Trust pursuant to Section 520(b) or 527(f)(i), in each case for investment in the Invested Amount of
the Collateral Certificate; 
 minus 

(v) such tranche’s allocable share of all reallocations of Principal Collections pursuant to Section 502(a) since the
prior date of determination, determined as set forth in Section 514; 
 minus 

(vi) such tranche’s allocable share of all reductions in the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate resulting from
an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs since the prior date of determination, determined as set forth in Section 526; 
 minus 

(vii) the amount on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche (after giving effect to any
deposits, allocations, reallocations or withdrawals to be made on that day); 
 minus 

(viii) the aggregate amount withdrawn from the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche pursuant to
Section 511(a), (b) or (c) since the prior date of determination; 
 minus 

(ix) the Nominal Liquidation Amount allocable to any Notes of that tranche that are cancelled pursuant to Section 603;

 provided; however, that (1) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a tranche of Notes may never be less than zero, (2) the Nominal
Liquidation Amount of any tranche of Notes may never be greater than the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche and (3) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of RSP Notes will be zero. 

It is the intention of the Issuer that the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all tranches of Notes will at all times be equal to the
Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate. 

  
 13 

 The Nominal Liquidation Amount for a series of Notes will be the sum of the Nominal Liquidation
Amounts of all of the tranches of Notes of that series. 
 “Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit” means, (a) with
respect to any tranche of Notes (other than any RSP Notes), the excess of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche over the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche, and (b) with respect to any tranche of RSP Notes,
zero. 
 “non-Performing”, with respect to a Derivative Agreement, means not Performing. 

“Note” or “Notes” means any note or notes, of any series, class or tranche authenticated and delivered from
time to time under this Indenture. 
 “Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

 “Note Owner” means the beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note. 

“Note Register” is defined in Section 305. 

“Note Registrar” means the Person who keeps the Note Register specified in Section 305. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel acceptable to the Trustee, who may, without limitation, and except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, the Managing Beneficiary or any of their Affiliates. 

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to a Note or with respect to Notes of any group, series, class or tranche means,
as of the date of determination, all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: 
 (a)
any Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or canceled by the Issuer, the Banks or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to Section 603; 

(b) any Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or
any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been
made; 
 (c) any Notes which are deemed to have been paid in full pursuant to Section 521; and 

(d) any such Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this
Indenture, or which will have been paid pursuant to the terms of Section 306 (except with respect to any such Note as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Note is held by a person in whose hands such Note is a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer). 

  
 14 

 For purposes of determining the amounts of deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made, unless
the context clearly requires otherwise, references to “Notes” will be deemed to be references to “Outstanding Notes”. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of such Notes Outstanding have given any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, and for purposes of Section 904, Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer, the Banks or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the Banks or
such other obligor will be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding. In determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee
knows to be owned by the Issuer, the Banks or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the Banks or such other obligor will be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as
Outstanding if the pledgee creates to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act as owner with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, the Banks or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the
Issuer, the Banks or such other obligor. 
 “Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount” means at any time, 

(a) with respect to any tranche of non-Discount Notes, the aggregate Initial Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes
of such tranche at such time, less (i) the amount of any withdrawals from the Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche of Notes for payment to the Holders of such tranche or the applicable Derivative Counterparty pursuant to
Section 511(a), (b) or (c), and (ii) the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount allocable to any Notes of that tranche that are cancelled pursuant to Section 603, and 

(b) with respect to any tranche of Discount Notes, an amount of the Outstanding Notes of such tranche calculated by reference
to the applicable formula set forth in the applicable terms document, taking into account the amount and timing of (i) any payments made to the Holders of such tranche or to the applicable Derivative Counterparty pursuant to
Section 511(a), (b) or (c), and (ii) the cancellation of any Notes of that tranche pursuant to Section 603. 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Notes on behalf of the
Issuer. 
 “Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the applicable Principal Payment Date or Interest
Payment Date. 
 “Payment Request” means a request substantially in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as the Issuer
may determine. 
 “Performing” means, with respect to any Derivative Agreement, no payment default or repudiation of
performance by a Derivative Counterparty has occurred, and such Derivative Agreement has not been terminated. 
 “Permanent Global
Note” is defined in Section 205. 

  
 15 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 

“Place of Payment” means with respect to any tranche of Notes issued hereunder the city or political subdivision so
designated with respect to such tranche of Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 301. 
 “Pooling and Servicing
Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [            ] [    ], 2016, between Citibank, as Seller and
Servicer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Predecessor Notes” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that
evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note will be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or
stolen Note. 
 “Prefunding Excess Amount” means, with respect to any senior class of Notes of a series for any Due Period,
after giving effect to all issuances, allocations, deposits and payments with respect to that Due Period, the aggregate amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts of the Notes of that class of that series that are in excess of the
aggregate amount targeted to be on deposit in those Principal Funding sub-Accounts pursuant to Section 508. 
 “Prefunding
Target Amount” with respect to all tranches of Class A Notes of a series means the greater of the amount computed under clause (a) or (b) for the applicable Due Period, and with respect to all tranches of Class B Notes of a
series means the amount computed under clause (c): 
 (a) The Prefunding Target Amount for tranches of Class A Notes of
a series with respect to Class B Notes of that series as of the end of any Due Period is equal to the following amount (but not less than zero): 
  

 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all tranches of Outstanding Class B Notes
of that series, other than tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such tranches are to be redeemed in full, (B) had Events of Default, or (C) reached their
Expected Principal Payment Date, in each case, in or with respect to that Due Period or earlier Due Periods; 

  
 16 

 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class B Notes of
that series; 
 plus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 

  
 17 

 (b) The Prefunding Target Amount for tranches of Class A Notes of a series
with respect to Class C Notes of that series as of the end of any Due Period is equal to the following amount (but not less than zero): 
  

 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all tranches of Outstanding Class C Notes
of that series, other than tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such tranches are to be redeemed in full, (B) had Events of Default, or (C) reached their
Expected Principal Payment Date, in each case, in or with respect to that Due Period or earlier Due Periods; 
 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series; 
 plus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 

  
 18 

 (c) The Prefunding Target Amount for tranches of Class B Notes of a series with
respect to Class C Notes of that series as of the end of any Due Period is equal to the following amount (but not less than zero): 
  

 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all tranches of Outstanding Class C Notes of
that series, other than tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such tranches are to be redeemed in full, (B) had Events of Default, or (C) reached their Expected
Principal Payment Date, in each case, in or with respect to that Due Period or earlier Due Periods; 
 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series; 
 plus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of all Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of Class B
Notes of that series. 
 “Principal Collections” means the amount of Available Investor Principal Collections which are
payable to the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2000 Supplement, including pursuant to Section 4.02 (b)(ii) or Section 4.02(c)(ii) thereof. “Principal Collections” does not include Receivables Sales Proceeds. 

“Principal Deposit Date” means the respective dates specified for deposits into the Principal Funding sub-Accounts in
Section 508. 
 “Principal Funding Account” means the trust account designated as such and established pursuant to
Section 402(a). 
 “Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings” means, with respect to any Principal Funding sub-Account
for any period, the net amount of income and other earnings on the amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account earned by the funds on deposit in such Principal Funding sub-Account for such period. 

  
 19 

 “Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Shortfall” means, for any period, 

(a) the Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Target for such period 

minus 
 (b) the Principal
Funding sub-Account Earnings for such period. 
 “Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Target” means, for any period,
with respect to any amount on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Notes (other than a tranche of RSP Notes), the Dollar amount of interest that would have accrued on such deposit if it had borne interest at the following
rates: 
 (a) in the case of a tranche of Dollar Interest-bearing Notes with no Derivative Agreement for interest (or any
Derivative Agreement, such as an interest rate cap, that by its terms only covers a portion of the interest on such tranche of Notes) or a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate of interest applicable to that tranche
including, if the Derivative Agreement is an interest rate cap, the uncapped portion of the rate of interest applicable to that tranche; 

(b) in the case of a tranche of Discount Notes, at the rate of accretion (converted to an accrual rate) of that tranche; 

(c) in the case of a tranche of Notes with a Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate of interest payable by
the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty; and 
 (d) in the case of a tranche of foreign currency Notes with a
non-Performing Derivative Agreement, at the rate of interest that would have been payable by the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty if such Derivative Agreement had been Performing. 

“Principal Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the Expected Principal Payment Date, or upon the
acceleration of a tranche of Notes following an Event of Default or upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event, or other optional or mandatory redemption of that tranche of Notes, each Monthly Principal Date (or if any such day is not a
Business Day, the next following Business Day). 
 “Principal Receivables” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. 
 “Prior Indenture” is defined in the recitals hereto. 

“Rating Agency” means, with respect to any Outstanding series, class or tranche of Notes, each statistical rating agency
selected by the Issuer to rate such Notes. 
 “Ratings Effect” means a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of any then
current rating of the Notes. 
 “Receivables” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 20 

 “Receivables Sales Proceeds” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the
proceeds of the sale of Receivables with respect to such tranche pursuant to Section 523. “Receivables Sales Proceeds” do not constitute Principal Collections. 

“Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit” means, on any date with respect to any Outstanding tranche of RSP Notes, the
amount by which the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds of that tranche exceeds the sum of (a) the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount for that tranche plus (b) the aggregate amount of any withdrawals of Receivables Sales Proceeds
made pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c). 
 “Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount” means, with respect
to any tranche of Notes that has received Receivables Sales Proceeds, the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche. 

“Record Date” for the interest or principal payable on any Note on any applicable Payment Date means the last day of the
month before the related Payment Date, unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document. 
 “Required Subordinated
Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of a senior class of Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, a Dollar amount of a subordinated class of the same series, as specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of the senior
class, or as changed from time to time pursuant to Section 312(b). 
 “Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount” means,
with respect to any Due Period, an amount equal to one twelfth of the product of (a) the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate as of the last day of the immediately preceding Due Period, and (b) a decimal number to be set by the
Issuer, which will initially equal zero (and which will never be less than zero); provided, however, that for purposes of the definition of “Adverse Effect”, such decimal number will at all times be deemed to be the
decimal number as set by the Issuer plus one-hundredth (0.01). The Issuer may, from time to time, change the decimal number to be set for purposes of clause (b) upon written notice to the Trustee and each Rating Agency, and, if such decimal
number is to be increased, upon delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Issuer Certificate to the effect that the Issuer reasonably believes that such increase will not have an Adverse Effect and is not reasonably expected to have an Adverse
Effect at any time in the future. 
 “Revolving Undivided Interest” means an Undivided Interest with respect to which the
purchaser has no right to receive collections with respect to any Principal Receivables, but a right to receive all collections with respect to any Finance Charge Receivables, in each case in which such purchaser has its Undivided Interest. 

“RSP Notes” means any Note that is part of a tranche of Notes that has caused a sale of Receivables pursuant to Sections 523
and 708. 

  
 21 

 “Scheduled Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes,
the scheduled due date of any payment of interest on such Notes, as specified in the applicable terms document, without regard to whether or not such day is a Business Day. 

“Secured Parties” is defined in the Granting Clause. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. 

“Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. 

“Security Interest” means the security interest granted pursuant to the Granting Clause. 

“Segregated Sellers’ Interest” means, on any date, a portion of the Sellers’ Interest equal to the aggregate amount
on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for each tranche of Notes other than any tranche of RSP Notes. 
 “Sellers”
means Citibank in its capacity as Seller under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Additional Sellers as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“senior class” means (a) with respect to Class B Notes of a series, Class A Notes of that series and (b) with
respect to Class C Notes of a series, Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series. 
 “series” means, with respect
to any Note, the series specified in the applicable terms document. 
 “Series 2000 Default Amount” is defined in the
Series 2000 Supplement. 
 “Series 2000 Supplement” means the Amended and Restated Series 2000 Supplement to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of [            ] [    ], 2016, as further amended,
supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Servicer” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. 
 “Single Issuance Series” means any series of Notes that by the terms of the applicable terms document does
not permit the issuance of more than one tranche of Notes in each class of Notes in such series. 
 “Spot Exchange Rate”
means, on any day, with respect to any currency other than Dollars, the spot rate at which Dollars are offered on such day by Citibank in New York, London, or other city that is a money center for transactions in Dollars and such currency
(determined by the Issuer in its reasonable discretion), as prevailing on a local business day for transactions in such currency at approximately 11:00 a.m. (local time). 

“Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or any successor thereto. 

“sub-Accounts” means each of the sub-Accounts referred to in Section 402(a). 

  
 22 

 “subordinated class” means (a) with respect to Class A Notes of a
series, Class B Notes or Class C Notes of that series, and (b) with respect to Class B Notes of a series, Class C Notes of that series. 

“subordinated Notes” means Notes of a subordinated class of a series. 

“Supplemental Account” means the trust account or accounts designated as such and established pursuant to
Section 402(a). 
 “Supplemental indenture” means an indenture supplemental to this Indenture executed and delivered
pursuant to Article X. 
 “Surplus Finance Charge Collections” means with respect to any Due Period, the amount of Investor
Finance Charge Collections allocated pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Series 2000 Supplement, minus 
 (a)
the amount of the Series 2000 Monthly Servicing Fee (as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) for that Due Period; 
 (b)
the amount of the Trustee’s fees and expenses payable pursuant to Section 807 for that Due Period; 
 (c) the sum
of the targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account determined pursuant to Section 501 for that Due Period; and 

(d) the amount of the Series 2000 Default Amount for that Due Period; 

provided, however, that solely for purposes of calculating Surplus Finance Charge Collections for determining funding obligations for the Class C
Reserve sub-Account of any tranche of Class C Notes, for purposes of clause (c), the targeted deposit to be made to the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Notes that has the benefit of a Performing Derivative Agreement will be deemed to
be the greater of (i) the amount payable by the Issuer under that Derivative Agreement and (ii) the amount that would be payable by the Issuer if the Derivative Agreement were non-Performing. For purposes of this proviso, the amount to be
payable by the Issuer under a Derivative Agreement that is an interest rate cap or similar agreement will be deemed to be the cap rate under that Derivative Agreement. 

“Temporary Global Note” is defined in Section 205. 

“terms document” means, with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, the Issuer Certificate or supplemental
indenture that establishes such series, class or tranche. 
 “Threshold Conditions” means the conditions set forth in Annex
I. 
 “tranche” means, with respect to any class of Notes, Notes of such class which have identical terms, conditions and
tranche designation. Notes of a single tranche may be issued on different dates. 

  
 23 

 “Trust Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of
August 9, 2011, between Citibank, as Beneficiary, and BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as Issuer Trustee, as further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture
Reform Act of 1990, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed except as provided in Section 1005. 

“Trustee” means the Person named as the Trustee in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee will have
become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” means and includes each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder. If at any time there is more than one such Person,
“Trustee” as used with respect to the Notes of any series, class or tranche means the Trustee with respect to Notes of that series, class or tranche. 

“Trustee Authorized Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of
directors, the chairman or vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any
senior trust officer or trust officer, the controller and any assistant controller or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect
to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“U.S. Depository” means, unless otherwise specified by the Issuer pursuant to either Section 204, 206 or 301, with
respect to Notes of any tranche issuable or issued as a Global Note within the United States, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act, or other
applicable statute or regulation. 
 “UCC” means the applicable Uniform Commercial Code. 

“Weighted Average Interest Rates” means, with respect to any Outstanding Notes of a group, series, class or tranche (other
than any tranche of RSP Notes), or of all of the Outstanding Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), on any date, the weighted average of the following rates of interest: 

(a) in the case of a tranche of Dollar Interest-bearing Notes with no Derivative Agreement for interest (or a Derivative
Agreement, such as an interest rate cap, that by its terms covers only a portion of the interest on such tranche of Notes) or a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, the rate of interest applicable to that tranche on that date including,
if the Derivative Agreement is an interest rate cap, the uncapped portion of the rate of interest applicable to that tranche on that date; 

(b) in the case of a tranche of Discount Notes, the rate of accretion (converted to an accrual rate) of that tranche on that
date; 

  
 24 

 (c) in the case of a tranche of Notes with a Performing Derivative Agreement for
interest, the rate of interest payable by the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty on that date; and 
 (d) in
the case of a tranche of foreign currency Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement, the rate of interest that would have been payable by the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty if that Derivative Agreement had been Performing on
that date. 
 SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee
to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee an Issuer Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied
with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is
specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 311 and of the preceding paragraph, if all Notes of a class are not to be originally issued at
one time, it will not be necessary to deliver the Issuer Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 311 or the Issuer Certificate and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or before the time of
authentication of each Note of such tranche if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Note of such class to be issued. 

With respect to Notes of a tranche offered in a Multiple Issuance Series, the Trustee may rely, as to the authorization by the Issuer of any
of such Notes, the form and terms thereof and the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability thereof, upon the Opinion of Counsel and the other documents delivered pursuant to Section 311 and this Section, as applicable, in
connection with the first authentication of Notes of such tranche. 
 Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for the written statement required by Section 1104) will include: 

(a) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the
definitions herein relating thereto; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that such
individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

  
 25 

 SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several
matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, one or more specified Persons, one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to the other matters, and any such
Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 
 Any certificate or opinion of the Issuer may be
based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless the Issuer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations are
erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in
the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations are erroneous. 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or
other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 
 SECTION 104. Acts of
Noteholders. (a) (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (collectively, “action”) provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders of any series,
class or tranche may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein or therein otherwise expressly provided,
such action will become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are
herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent will be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture
and (subject to Section 801) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 
 (b)
The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of
deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership,
such certificate or affidavit will also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner
which the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) (i) The ownership of Notes will be proved by the Note Register. (ii) [RESERVED]

  
 26 

 (d) If the Issuer will solicit from the Holders any action, the Issuer may, at its option, by an
Issuer Certificate, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such action, but the Issuer will have no obligation to do so. If the Issuer does not so fix a record date, such record date will be the later of 30
days before the first solicitation of such action or the date of the most recent list of Noteholders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 901 before such solicitation. Such action may be given before or after the record date, but only
the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date will be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Notes Outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such action,
and for that purpose the Notes Outstanding will be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date will be deemed effective unless it will become effective pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date. 
 (e) Any action by the Holder of any Note will bind the
Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such action is made upon
such Note. 
 SECTION 105. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Issuer. Any action of Noteholders or other document provided or
permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, 
 (a) the Trustee by any Noteholder or by
the Issuer will be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or 

(b) the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Noteholder will be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (except as provided in
Section 701(c)) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to it at the address of its principal office or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer. 

SECTION 106. Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. (a) Where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice to Noteholders of any
event, such notice will be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in such Note expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Note affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the
Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any
notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholders will affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders. Where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person
entitled to receive such notice, 

  
 27 

 
either before or after the event, and such waiver will be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders will be filed with the Trustee, but such filing will not be a condition
precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 (b) In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail
service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or otherwise, it will be impractical to mail notice of any event to any Holder of a Note when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any method of
notification as will be satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuer will be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. 
 (c)
[RESERVED] 
 (d) With respect to any tranche of Notes, the applicable terms document may specify different or additional means of giving
notice to the Holders of the Notes of such tranche. 
 SECTION 107. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If and to the extent
that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of
the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties or incorporated provision will control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision will be
deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or excluded, as the case may be. 
 SECTION 108. Effect of Headings and Table of
Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and will not affect the construction hereof. 

SECTION 109. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer will bind its successors and
assigns, whether so expressed or not. 
 SECTION 110. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the
Notes will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

SECTION 111. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in any Notes, express or implied, will give to any Person,
other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, Derivative Counterparties (to the extent specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement) and the Holders of Notes (or such
of them as may be affected thereby), any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 
 SECTION 112.
Governing Law. This Indenture will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 28 

 SECTION 113. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which so executed will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument. 

SECTION 114. Interest Period Convention. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, interest for any period
will be calculated from and including the first day of such period, to but excluding the last day of such period. 
 SECTION 115.
Indenture Referred to in the Trust Agreement. This is the Indenture referred to in the Trust Agreement. 
 ARTICLE II

 Note Forms 

SECTION 201. Forms Generally. The Notes will have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be required to comply with applicable laws or regulations or with the rules of
any securities exchange, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Issuer, as evidenced by the Issuer’s execution of such Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate
reference thereto on the face of the Note. 
 The definitive Notes will be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination
of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the Issuer, as evidenced by the Issuer’s execution of such Notes, subject, with respect to the Notes of any series, class or tranche, to the
rules of any securities exchange on which such Notes are listed. 
 SECTION 202. Forms of Notes. Each Note will be in one of
the forms approved from time to time by or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto. Before the delivery of a Note to the Trustee for authentication in any form approved by or pursuant to an
Issuer Certificate, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee the Issuer Certificate by or pursuant to which such form of Note has been approved, which Issuer Certificate will have attached thereto a true and correct copy of the form of Note which has
been approved thereby or, if an Issuer Certificate authorizes a specific officer or officers of the Managing Beneficiary to approve a form of Note, a certificate of such officer or officers approving the form of Note attached thereto. Any form of
Note approved by or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate must be acceptable as to form to the Trustee, such acceptance to be evidenced by the Trustee’s authentication of Notes in that form or a certificate signed by a Trustee Authorized Officer
and delivered to the Issuer. 
 SECTION 203. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication. The form of Trustee’s
Certificate of Authentication for any Note issued pursuant to this Indenture will be substantially as follows: 
 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION 

  
 29 

 This is one of the Notes of the series, class or tranche designated therein
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	[INDENTURE TRUSTEE NAME],
	    as Trustee,
		
	By:	 	  

	Authorized Signatory

 SECTION 204. Notes Issuable in the Form of a Global Note. (a) If the Issuer establishes
pursuant to Sections 202 and 301 that the Notes of a particular series, class or tranche are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes, then the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or its agent will, in accordance with
Section 303 and the Issuer Certificate delivered to the Trustee or its agent thereunder, authenticate and deliver, such Global Note or Notes, which, unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document (i) will represent, and will be
denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate stated principal amount (or in the case of Discount Notes, the aggregate stated principal amount at the Expected Principal Payment Date of such Notes) of, the Outstanding Notes of such series, class or
tranche to be represented by such Global Note or Notes, or such portion thereof as the Issuer will specify in an Issuer Certificate, (ii) will be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Notes or its nominee,
(iii) will be delivered by the Trustee or its agent to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction, (iv) if applicable, will bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Unless this Note is presented by an
authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any note issued is registered in the name of
Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), any transfer, pledge or
other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any person is wrongful inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein” and (v) may bear such other legend as the Issuer, upon advice of counsel, deems
to be applicable. 
 (b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 204 or of Section 305, and subject to the provisions
of clause (c) below, unless the terms of a Global Note or the applicable terms document expressly permit such Global Note to be exchanged in whole or in part for individual Notes, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole but not in part and
in the manner provided in Section 305, only to a nominee of the Depository for such Global Note, or to the Depository, or a successor Depository for such Global Note selected or approved by the Issuer, or to a nominee of such successor
Depository. 
 (c) With respect to Notes issued within the United States, unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, or
with respect to Notes issued outside the United States, if specified in the applicable terms document: 
 (i) If at any time
the Depository for a Global Note notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time the Depository for the Notes for such series, class or tranche ceases to be a clearing agency
registered under the Securities Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, the Issuer will appoint a successor Depository with respect to such Global Note. If a successor 

  
 30 

 
Depository for such Global Note is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days after the Issuer receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Issuer will execute, and the
Trustee or its agent, upon receipt of an Issuer Certificate requesting the authentication and delivery of individual Notes of such series, class or tranche in exchange for such Global Note, will authenticate and deliver, individual Notes of such
series, class or tranche of like tenor and terms in an aggregate stated principal amount equal to the stated principal amount of the Global Note in exchange for such Global Note. 

  
 31 

 (ii) The Issuer may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the
Notes of any series, class or tranche or portion thereof issued or issuable in the form of one or more Global Notes will no longer be represented by such Global Note or Notes. In such event the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of
an Issuer Certificate requesting the authentication and delivery of individual Notes of such series, class or tranche in exchange in whole or in part for such Global Note, will authenticate and deliver individual Notes of such series, class or
tranche of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal stated amount equal to the stated principal amount of such Global Note or Notes representing such series, class or tranche or portion thereof in exchange for such Global
Note or Notes. 
 (iii) If specified by the Issuer pursuant to Sections 202 and 301 with respect to Notes issued or issuable
in the form of a Global Note, the Depository for such Global Note may surrender such Global Note in exchange in whole or in part for individual Notes of such series, class or tranche of like tenor and terms in definitive form on such terms as are
acceptable to the Issuer and such Depository. Thereupon the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee or its agent will authenticate and deliver, without service charge, (A) to each Person specified by such Depository a new Note or Notes of the same
series, class or tranche of like tenor and terms and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate stated principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Global Note; and
(B) to such Depository a new Global Note of like tenor and terms and in an authorized denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the stated principal amount of the surrendered Global Note and the aggregate stated principal amount of
Notes delivered to the Holders thereof. If any Event of Default has occurred with respect to such Global Notes, and Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 50% of the unpaid Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Global Notes of that tranche
advise the Trustee and the Depository that a Global Note is no longer in the best interest of the Noteholders, the Holders of Global Notes may exchange such Notes for individual Notes. 

(iv) In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding three paragraphs, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or its
agent will authenticate and deliver individual Notes in definitive registered form in authorized denominations. Upon the exchange of the entire stated principal amount of a Global Note for individual Notes, such Global Note will be canceled by the
Trustee or its agent. Except as provided in the preceding paragraphs, Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note pursuant to this Section will be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository for such Global Note,
pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, will instruct the Trustee or the Note Registrar. The Trustee or the Note Registrar will deliver such Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.

 SECTION 205. Temporary Global Notes and Permanent Global Notes. (a) If specified in the applicable terms document for
any tranche, all or any portion of a Global Note may initially be issued in the form of a single temporary Global Note (the “Temporary Global Note”), without interest coupons, in the denomination of the entire aggregate principal
amount of such tranche and substantially in the form set forth in the exhibit with respect thereto attached to the applicable terms document. The Temporary Global Note will be 

  
 32 

 
authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the same effect as the Notes in definitive form. The Temporary Global Note may be exchanged as
described below or in the applicable terms document for permanent global Notes (the “Permanent Global Notes”). 
 (b)
Unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document, exchanges of beneficial interests in Temporary Global Notes for beneficial interests in Permanent Global Notes will be made as provided in this clause. The Manager will, upon its
determination of the date of completion of the distribution of the Notes of such tranche, so advise the Trustee, the Issuer, the Foreign Depository, and each foreign clearing agency forthwith. Without unnecessary delay, but in any event not prior to
the Exchange Date, the Issuer will execute and deliver to the Trustee at its London office or its designated agent outside the United States Permanent Global Notes in registered form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the entire aggregate
principal amount of such tranche. The Temporary Global Note may be exchanged for an equal aggregate principal amount of Permanent Global Notes only on or after the Exchange Date. A United States Person may exchange the portion of the Temporary
Global Note beneficially owned by it only for an equal aggregate principal amount of Permanent Global Notes in registered form bearing the applicable legend set forth in the form of Note attached to the applicable terms document and having a minimum
denomination of $500,000, which may be in temporary form if the Issuer so elects. The Issuer may waive the $500,000 minimum denomination requirement if it so elects. Upon any demand for exchange for Permanent Global Notes in accordance with this
clause, the Issuer will cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Permanent Global Notes to the Holder according to the instructions of the Holder, but only upon presentation to the Trustee of a written statement substantially in the form of
Exhibit E-1 (or such other form as the Issuer may determine) with respect to the Temporary Global Note or portion thereof being exchanged signed by a foreign clearing agency and dated on the Exchange Date or a subsequent date, to the effect that it
has received in writing a certification substantially in the form of (i) in the case of beneficial ownership of the Temporary Global Note or a portion thereof being exchanged by a United States institutional investor pursuant to this clause,
the certificate in the form of Exhibit E-2 (or such other form as the Issuer may determine) signed by the Manager which sold the relevant Notes or (ii) in all other cases, any certificate or other form as the Issuer may determine, the
certificate or other form referred to in this clause (ii) being dated on the earlier of the first payment of interest in respect of such Note and the date of the delivery of such Note in definitive form. Upon receipt of such certification, the
Trustee will cause the Temporary Global Note to be endorsed in accordance with clause (d). Any exchange as provided in this Section will be made free of charge to the Holders and the beneficial owners of the Temporary Global Note and to the
beneficial owners of the Permanent Global Note issued in exchange, except that a person receiving the Permanent Global Note must bear the cost of insurance, postage, transportation and the like in the event that such Person does not receive such
Permanent Global Note in person at the offices of a foreign clearing agency. 
 (c) The delivery to the Trustee by a foreign clearing agency
of any written statement referred to above may be relied upon by the Issuer and the Trustee as conclusive evidence that a corresponding certification or certifications has or have been delivered to such foreign clearing agency pursuant to the terms
of this Indenture. 

  
 33 

 (d) Upon any such exchange of all or a portion of the Temporary Global Note for a Permanent
Global Note or Notes, such Temporary Global Note will be endorsed by or on behalf of the Trustee to reflect the reduction of its principal amount by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Permanent Global Note or Notes. Until so
exchanged in full, such Temporary Global Note will in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Permanent Global Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder except that the beneficial owners of such Temporary Global Note
will not be entitled to receive payments of interest on the Notes until they have exchanged their beneficial interests in such Temporary Global Note for Permanent Global Notes. 

SECTION 206. Beneficial Ownership of Global Notes. Until definitive Notes have been issued to the applicable Noteholders
pursuant to Section 204 or as otherwise specified in any applicable terms document: 
 (a) the Issuer and the Trustee
may deal with the applicable clearing agency and the clearing agency’s participants for all purposes (including the making of distributions) as the authorized representatives of the respective Note Owners; and 

(b) the rights of the respective Note Owners will be exercised only through the applicable clearing agency and the clearing
agency’s participants and will be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the clearing agency and/or the clearing agency’s participants. Pursuant to the operating rules of the applicable clearing
agency, unless and until Notes in definitive form are issued pursuant to Section 204, the clearing agency will make book-entry transfers among the clearing agency’s participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and
interest on the related Notes to such clearing agency’s participants. 
 For purposes of any provision of this Indenture requiring or
permitting actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, Noteholders evidencing a specified percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Outstanding Notes, such direction or consent may be given by Note Owners (acting through the
clearing agency and the clearing agency’s participants) owning interests in Notes evidencing the requisite percentage of principal amount of Notes. 

SECTION 207. Notices to Depository. Whenever any notice or other communication is required to be given to Noteholders with
respect to which book-entry Notes have been issued, unless and until Notes in definitive form will have been issued to the related Note Owners, the Trustee will give all such notices and communications to the applicable Depository. 

ARTICLE III 

The Notes 
 SECTION
301. General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of a Series, Class or Tranche. (a) The aggregate stated principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is
not limited. 
 (b) The Notes may be issued in one or more series, classes or tranches up to an aggregate stated principal amount of Notes
as from time to time may be authorized by the Issuer. All Notes of each series, class or tranche under this Indenture will in all respects be equally and ratably 

  
 34 

 
entitled to the benefits hereof with respect to such series, class or tranche without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time of the authentication and delivery or
Expected Principal Payment Date or Legal Maturity Date of the Notes of such series, class or tranche, except as specified in the applicable terms document for such series, class or tranche. 

(c) Each Note issued must be assigned to a group of Notes for purposes of allocations pursuant to Article V. On the date of this Indenture, a
single group of Notes identified as “Group 1” has been established for allocation purposes in Article V. Additional groups may be established from time to time pursuant to supplemental indentures. 

(d) Each Note issued must be part of a series, class and tranche of Notes for purposes of allocations pursuant to Article V. A series, class
or tranche of Notes is created pursuant to an Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture. 
 (e) Each series of Notes may, but need not
be, subdivided into multiple classes. This Indenture provides for up to three classes of Notes: Class A, Class B and Class C. As specified in Article V, Notes belonging to Class A in any series are entitled to specified payment priorities
over Class B and Class C Notes in that series. Notes belonging to Class B in any series are entitled to specified payment priorities over Class C Notes in that series. Class C Notes have the benefit of the Class C Reserve Account. The applicable
terms document may provide for more or different classes of Notes. 
 (f) Notes of a single series that belong to separate classes in that
series belong to separate tranches on the basis of the difference in class membership. 
 (g) Each class of Notes may consist of a single
tranche or may be subdivided into multiple tranches. Notes of a single class of a series will belong to different tranches if they have different terms and conditions. With respect to any class of Notes, Notes which have identical terms, conditions
and tranche designation will be deemed to be part of a single tranche. 
 (h) Each series, class or tranche of Notes will be created either
by or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture. The Notes of each such series, class or tranche may have such Expected Principal Payment Date or Dates or Legal Maturity Date or Dates, be issuable at such premium over or discount
from their face value, bear interest at such rate or rates (which may be fixed or floating), from such date or dates, payable in such installments and on such dates and at such place or places to the Holders of Notes registered as such on such
Record Dates, or may bear no interest, and have such terms, all as will be provided for in or pursuant to the applicable terms document. There may also be established in or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture before the
issuance of Notes of each such series, class or tranche, provision for: 
 (i) the series designation and, if such series
will be part of a group of series for purposes of allocations and reallocations of Principal Collections and/or Finance Charge Collections, the manner and extent to which each series in the group will be subject to allocations and reallocations;

 (ii) the stated principal amount of the Notes and whether they are Class A Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes or a
tranche of any of these classes; 
 (iii) the Required Subordinated Amount (if any) for such class or tranche of Notes; 

  
 35 

 (iv) the currency or currencies in which the Notes of such series, class or
tranche will be denominated and in which payments of principal of, and interest on, such Notes will or may be payable; 
 (v)
if the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes of such series, class or tranche are to be payable, at the election of the Issuer or a Holder thereof, in a currency or currencies other than that in which the Notes are stated to be payable, the
period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made; 
 (vi) if the amount of
payments of principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes of such series, class or tranche may be determined with reference to an index based on (A) a currency or currencies other than that in which the Notes are stated to be payable,
(B) changes in the prices of one or more other securities or groups or indexes of securities or (C) changes in the prices of one or more commodities or groups or indexes of commodities, or any combination of the foregoing, the manner in
which such amounts will be determined; 
 (vii) the price or prices at which the Notes of such series, class or tranche will
be issued; 
 (viii) the Expected Principal Payment Date (which will not be later than two years before the Termination Date
(as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) of the Collateral Certificate) and Legal Maturity Date (which will not be later than the Termination Date (as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) of the Collateral Certificate) of the Notes of such
series, class or tranche; 
 (ix) the times at which the Notes of such series, class or tranche may, pursuant to any optional
or mandatory redemption provisions, be redeemed, and the other terms and provisions of any such redemption provisions; 
 (x)
the rate per annum at which the Notes of such series, class or tranche will bear interest, if any, or the formula or index on which such rate will be determined, including all relevant definitions, and the date from which interest will accrue; 

(xi) the Interest Payment Dates, if any, for such Notes; 

(xii) if such Notes are to be Discount Notes or foreign currency Notes, the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Notes, and
the means for calculating the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Notes; 
 (xiii) whether or not application will be
made to list such Notes of such series, class or tranche on any securities exchange; 
 (xiv) any Event of Default or Early
Redemption Event with respect to the Notes of such series, class or tranche, if not set forth herein and any additions, deletions or other changes to the Events of Default or Early Redemption Events set forth herein that will be applicable to the
Notes of such series, class or tranche (including a provision making any Event of Default or Early Redemption Event set forth herein inapplicable to the Notes of that series, class or tranche); 

  
 36 

 (xv) the appointment by the Trustee of an Authenticating Agent in one or more
places other than the location of the office of the Trustee with power to act on behalf of the Trustee and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of the Notes of such series, class or tranche in connection with such transactions
as will be specified in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the applicable terms document creating such series, class or tranche; 

(xvi) if the Notes of such series, class or tranche will be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Note or Global
Notes, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Note or Global Notes may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Notes; and the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes (if other than the Depository specified in
Section 101); 
 (xvii) the subordination of the Notes of such series, class or tranche to any other indebtedness of the
Issuer, including without limitation, the Notes of any other series, class or tranche; 
 (xviii) if the Notes of such
series, class or tranche are to have the benefit of any Derivative Agreement, the terms and provisions of such agreement; 

(xix) the Record Date for any Payment Date of the Notes of such series, class or tranche, if different from the last day of the
month before the related Payment Date; 
 (xx) the Controlled Accumulation Amount (if any) of such class or tranche; 

(xxi) whether or not the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such series, class or tranche belongs to the portion of the Collateral
Certificate constituting an Excluded Series under the Series 2000 Supplement; and 
 (xxii) any other terms of such series,
class or tranche, which will not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 all upon such terms as may be determined in or pursuant to an
Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture with respect to such series, class or tranche. 
 (i) The form of the Notes of each series,
class or tranche will be established pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture in or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture creating such series, class or tranche. The Notes of each series, class or tranche will be
distinguished from the Notes of each other series, class or tranche in such manner, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, as the Issuer may determine. 

(j) [RESERVED]. 
 (k) Any terms
or provisions in respect of the Notes of any series, class or tranche issued under this Indenture may be determined pursuant to this Section by providing in the applicable terms document for the method by which such terms or provisions will be
determined. 

  
 37 

 SECTION 302. Denominations. The Notes of each tranche will be issuable in such
denominations and currency as will be provided in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the applicable terms document. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Notes of any tranche, the Notes of that tranche will be
issued in denominations of $1,000 and multiples thereof. 
 SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating.
(a) The Notes will be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Issuer Authorized Officer. The signature of any officer of the Managing Beneficiary or the Issuer Trustee on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. 

(b) Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time an Issuer Authorized Officer will bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices before the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes. 

(c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer
to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee will, upon request by an Issuer Certificate, authenticate and deliver such Notes as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise. 

(d) Before any such authentication and delivery, the Trustee will be entitled to receive, in addition to any Issuer Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 102, the Issuer Certificate and any other opinion or certificate relating to the issuance of the tranche of Notes required to be furnished pursuant to Section 202 or
Section 311. 
 (e) The Trustee will not be required to authenticate such Notes if the issue thereof will adversely affect the
Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (f) Unless otherwise provided in the form of Note for
any tranche, all Notes will be dated the date of their authentication. 
 (g) No Note will be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture
or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate
upon any Note will be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. 

SECTION 304. Temporary Notes. (a) Pending the preparation of definitive Notes of any tranche, the Issuer may execute, and,
upon receipt of the documents required by Section 303, together with an Issuer Certificate, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any
authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the Issuer may determine, as evidenced by the
Issuer’s execution of such Notes. 
 (b) If temporary Notes of any tranche are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes of such
tranche to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, 

  
 38 

 
the temporary Notes of such tranche will be exchangeable for definitive Notes of such tranche upon surrender of the temporary Notes of such tranche at the office or agency of the Issuer in a
Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder; and upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like stated principal amount of
definitive Notes of such tranche of authorized denominations and of like tenor and terms. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes of such tranche will in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of such
tranche. 
 SECTION 305. Registration, Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Issuer will keep or cause to be kept a register
(herein sometimes referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer will provide for the registration of Notes, or of Notes of a particular tranche, and for
transfers of Notes or of Notes of such tranche. Any such register will be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times the information contained in such register
or registers will be available for inspection by the Trustee at the office or agency to be maintained by the Issuer as provided in Section 1102. 

(b) Subject to Section 204, upon surrender for transfer of any Note of any tranche at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of
Payment, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of such tranche of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate stated principal
amount, Expected Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date and of like terms. 
 (c) Subject to Section 204, at the option of the
Holder, Notes of any tranche may be exchanged for other Notes of such tranche of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate stated principal amount, Expected Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date and of like terms, upon surrender of
the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to
receive. 
 (d) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same
debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (e) Every Note
presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange will (if so required by the Issuer or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed, by
the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. 

  
 39 

 (f) Unless otherwise provided in the Note to be transferred or exchanged, no service charge will
be made on any Noteholder for any transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may (unless otherwise provided in such Note) require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 205, 304 or 1006 not involving any transfer. 
 (g) None of the
Issuer, the Trustee, any agent of the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Note Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note
or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. 
 (h) The Issuer initially
appoints Citibank to act as Note Registrar for the Notes on its behalf. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time authorize any Person to act as Note Registrar in place of Citibank with respect to any tranche of Notes issued under this
Indenture. 
 (i) Registration of transfer of Notes containing the following legend or to which the following legend is applicable: 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS
NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH
REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.” 
 will be effected
only if such transfer is made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. In the event that registration of a transfer is to be made in reliance
upon an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, the transferor or the transferee will deliver, at its expense, to the Issuer and the Trustee, an investment letter from the transferee, substantially in the form of the
investment letter attached hereto as Exhibit D or such other form as the Issuer may determine, and no registration of transfer will be made until such letter is so delivered. 

Notes issued upon registration or transfer of, or Notes issued in exchange for, Notes bearing the legend referred to above will also bear such
legend unless the Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar receive an Opinion of Counsel, satisfactory to each of them, to the effect that such legend may be removed. 

Whenever a Note containing the legend referred to above is presented to the Note Registrar for registration of transfer, the Note Registrar
will promptly seek instructions from the Issuer regarding such transfer and will be entitled to receive an Issuer’s Certificate prior to registering any such transfer. The Issuer hereby agrees to indemnify the Note Registrar and the Trustee and
to hold each of them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by them in relation to any such instructions furnished pursuant
to this clause. 

  
 40 

 SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. (a) If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or
indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Issuer will execute and upon its request the Trustee will
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor, series, class or tranche, Expected Principal Payment Date, Legal Maturity Date and stated principal amount, bearing
a number not contemporaneously Outstanding. 
 (b) In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to
become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 (c) Upon the issuance of any new
Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected
therewith. 
 (d) Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note will constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note will be at any time enforceable by anyone, and will be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture that such destroyed, lost or stolen Note was
entitled equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes of the same series, class or tranche duly issued hereunder. 
 (e) The
provisions of this Section are exclusive and will preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. (a) Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Note
pursuant to Section 301, interest payable on any Note will be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the most recent Record Date. 

(b) Subject to clause (a), each Note delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note will
carry the rights to interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid, and to accrue or accrete, which were carried by such other Note. 

SECTION 308. Persons Deemed Owners. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee, the Beneficiaries and any agent of the Issuer,
the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee, or the Beneficiaries may treat the Person who is proved to be the owner of such Note pursuant to Section 104(c) as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and (subject to
Section 307) 

  
 41 

 
interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee, the Beneficiaries nor any agent of the
Issuer, the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee or the Beneficiaries will be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 SECTION 309. Cancellation.
All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange will, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already canceled, will be promptly canceled by it. The Issuer may at any
time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered will be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Note will be
authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee will dispose of all canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures and will deliver
a certificate of such disposition to the Issuer. 
 SECTION 310. Computation of Interest. Unless otherwise provided as
contemplated in Section 301, (a) interest on the Notes computed at a fixed rate will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and (b) interest on Notes computed on the basis of a floating or periodic rate
will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. 
 SECTION 311. New Issuances of Notes.
(a) The Issuer may issue new Notes of any series, class or tranche, so long as the following conditions precedent are satisfied: 

(i) on or before the fourth Business Day before the date that the new issuance is to occur, the Issuer gives the Trustee and
the Rating Agencies written notice (which may be delivered via facsimile or other means of electronic transmission with receipt confirmed) of the issuance; 

(ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Issuer Certificate to the effect that: 

(A) the Issuer reasonably believes that the new issuance will not at the time of its occurrence or at a future date cause an
Adverse Effect on any Outstanding Notes; 
 (B) all instruments furnished to the Trustee conform to the requirements of this
Indenture and constitute sufficient authority hereunder for the Trustee to authenticate and deliver such Notes; 
 (C) the
form and terms of such Notes have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (D) all laws and
requirements with respect to the execution and delivery by the Issuer of such Notes have been complied with, the Issuer has the power and authority to issue such Notes and such Notes have been duly authorized and delivered by the Issuer and,
assuming due authentication and delivery by the Trustee, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,
insolvency, 

  
 42 

 
moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in
equity) and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Notes, if any, of such series, class or tranche Outstanding, subject to the terms of this Indenture and each terms document; and 

(E) such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request; 

(iii) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax
Opinion with respect to such issuance; provided, however, that if the Threshold Conditions are satisfied, the Issuer at its option, will not be required to deliver such opinions; 

(iv) either (A) all of the following conditions are met: 

(1) such Notes are denominated in Dollars; 

(2) the interest rate applicable to such Notes is either a fixed rate of interest, or a floating rate of interest based on the
London interbank offered rate, the prime or base rate of Citibank or another major money center bank, the federal funds rate or the Treasury bill rate, or another interest rate index with respect to which the Issuer has received written confirmation
from the applicable Rating Agencies that issuance of Notes with an interest rate based on such interest rate index will not have a Ratings Effect on any Outstanding Notes; 

(3) if the Notes of the new issuance will have the benefit of a Derivative Agreement, with respect to the form of such
Derivative Agreement and the applicable Derivative Counterparty, the Issuer has received written confirmation from the applicable Rating Agencies that entering into such Derivative Agreement on such form and with such Derivative Counterparty will
not have a Ratings Effect on any Outstanding Notes; 
 (4) the Legal Maturity Date of such Notes is no more than 14 years
after the date of issuance of such Notes; and 
 (5) any other conditions specified by a Rating Agency to the Issuer in
writing; 
 or (B) the Issuer obtains written confirmation from the applicable Rating Agencies that the issuance of such Notes will not have a Ratings
Effect on any Outstanding Notes; 

  
 43 

 (v) either (A) at the time of the new issuance, the Notes of the new
issuance will be rated no lower than the following ratings categories by at least one nationally recognized Rating Agency: 
  

			
	 Note
	  	 Rating

	Class A	  	AAA or its equivalent for long-term Notes, or A-1+/P-1 or its equivalent for commercial paper Notes
		
	Class B	  	A or its equivalent
		
	Class C	  	BBB or its equivalent

 or (B) the Issuer has obtained written confirmation from each Rating Agency that there will be no Ratings Effect with
respect to any Outstanding Notes as a result of the issuance of those Notes; 
 (vi) no Amortization Event as defined in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Collateral Certificate will have occurred and be continuing as of the date of the new issuance, and no event which, with the passage of time, would constitute an Amortization Event described in
Section 9.01(e) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will have occurred and be continuing as of the date of the new issuance; 

(vii) in the case of foreign currency Notes, the Issuer will have appointed one or more Paying Agents in the appropriate
countries; 
 (viii) in the case of the issuance of Notes of a tranche of a Multiple Issuance Series, the conditions
specified in Sections 312 and 313, as applicable, are satisfied; 
 (ix) if the issuance of Notes results in an increase in
the targeted deposit amount of any Class C Reserve sub-Account of a tranche of Class C Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, the Issuer will have funded such increase with a cash deposit to such Class C Reserve sub-Account; and 

(x) any other conditions specified in the applicable terms document. 

(b) The Issuer and the Trustee will not be required to obtain the consent of any Noteholder of any Outstanding series, class or tranche to
issue any additional Notes of any series, class or tranche. 
 SECTION 312. Specification of Required Subordinated Amount and other
Terms with Respect to each Class of a Multiple Issuance Series. (a) With respect to senior classes of non-Discount Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, and subject to clause (b): 

(i) the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes will be an amount equal to 5.98291% of the Initial Dollar
Principal Amount of that tranche of Class A Notes; 

  
 44 

 (ii) the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes will be an
amount equal to 7.97721% of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class A Notes; and 
 (iii) the Class
B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes will be an amount equal to 133.33333% of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class B Notes; provided, however, 

(A) for purposes of Section 313(c), the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes of a tranche or series will
be an amount equal to 7.52688% of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of the applicable tranche or series of Class B Notes, as the case may be, and 

(B) for purposes of Section 516(a)(iii), the Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for Outstanding Class B Notes
of a tranche or series will be an amount equal to 7.52688% of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of the applicable tranche or series of Class B Notes, as the case may be. 

With respect to senior classes of Discount Notes, the Required Subordinated Amount will be stated in the applicable terms document, subject to clause (b).

 (b) The Issuer may at any time without the consent of any Noteholder change the Required Subordinated Amounts of a Multiple Issuance
Series, the method of calculating the available subordinated amount of the Notes of a series and the usage of the subordinated amount of the Notes of a series, and make corresponding changes in this Indenture, so long as the Issuer has
(i) received written confirmation from each Rating Agency that has rated any Outstanding Notes of that series that such change will not result in a Ratings Effect with respect to any Outstanding Notes in that series and (ii) delivered to
the Trustee and the Rating Agencies a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax Opinion. 
 SECTION 313. Required Subordinated Amount
Conditions to Issuance of Notes of a Tranche of a Senior Class of a Multiple Issuance Series. (a) Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes. On the issuance date of Class A Notes of a tranche of a Multiple
Issuance Series, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes of that series must be at least equal to the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that series. For
purposes of this Section, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes of a series as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding tranches of Class B Notes of that series on that day; 

plus 
 (ii) the aggregate
amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class B Notes of that series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches of Class B Notes of that series); 

  
 45 

 minus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for all other tranches of
Class A Notes of that series which are Outstanding on that date; 
 plus 

(iv) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 
 (b) Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. On the issuance date of
Class A Notes of a tranche of a Multiple Issuance Series, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of that series must be at least equal to the Class A Required Subordinated
Amount of Class C Notes for that series. For purposes of this clause, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of a series as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or
payments to be made on that date: 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding tranches of Class C
Notes of that series on that day; 
 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches of Class C Notes of that series); 
 minus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all other tranches of
Class A Notes of that series which are Outstanding on that date; 
 plus 

(iv) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 
 (c) Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. On the issuance date of Class
B Notes of a tranche of a Multiple Issuance Series, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of that series must be at least equal to the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C
Notes for that series. For purposes of this clause, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of a series as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on
that date: 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of that series on
that day; 

  
 46 

 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches of Class C Notes of that series); 
 minus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all other tranches of Class B Notes
of that series which are Outstanding on that date; 
 plus 

(iv) the aggregate amount of all Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount under clauses (c)(iii) and (c)(iv) of
Section 513 by any Outstanding tranche of Class B Notes of that series. 
 (d) Required Subordinated Amounts of Senior Classes.
On the issuance date of Notes of a tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of that series must be at least
equal to 7.52688% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of that series. For purposes of this clause, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of a series as of any date means the sum of the
following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 
 (i) the
aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of that series on that day; 
 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches of Class C Notes of that series). 
 ARTICLE
IV 
 Accounts and Investments 

SECTION 401. Collections. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and will
receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance from any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture including, without limitation, all
funds and other property payable to the Trustee pursuant to the Collateral (collectively, the “Collections”). The Trustee will hold all such money and property received by it as part of the Collateral and will apply it as provided
in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 402. Accounts. (a) Accounts; Deposits to and Distributions from Accounts. On or
before the Effective Date, the Issuer will open and will thereafter cause to be maintained, at an 

  
 47 

 
Eligible Institution (initially Citibank), one or more segregated deposit accounts (collectively, the “Collection Account”). The Issuer will require that all collections received
from the Master Trust pursuant to the Series 2000 Supplement be deposited into the Collection Account. On or before the Effective Date, the Trustee will cause to be established and maintained at an Eligible Institution (initially Citibank), three
segregated trust accounts denominated as follows: the “Interest Funding Account”, the “Principal Funding Account” and the “Class C Reserve Account”, and from time to time in connection with the
issuance of a series, class or tranche of Notes, the Trustee may establish one or more segregated trust accounts denominated as “Supplemental Accounts”. If, at any time, either the Collection Account, Interest Funding Account,
Principal Funding Account or Class C Reserve Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Issuer will within 10 Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent in writing)
establish a new Collection Account, Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account or Class C Reserve Account, as the case may be, which is an Eligible Deposit Account, transfer any cash and/or investments to such new Collection Account,
Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account or Class C Reserve Account and from the date such new Collection Account, Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account or Class C Reserve Account is established, it will be the
“Collection Account”, “Interest Funding Account”, “Principal Funding Account” or “Class C Reserve Account”, as the case may be. Each tranche of Notes will have its own sub-Account
within the Interest Funding Account and the Principal Funding Account. Each tranche of Class C Notes will have its own sub-Account within the Class C Reserve Account. Supplemental Accounts will be created as specified in the applicable terms
document. The Collection Account, the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account and the Class C Reserve Account will receive deposits pursuant to Article V. Any Supplemental Account will receive deposits as set forth in a supplemental
indenture amending Article V. 
 (b) All payments to be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Trustee to Noteholders out of funds in
the Accounts pursuant to this Indenture will be made by or on behalf of the Trustee to the Paying Agent not later than 12:00 noon on the applicable Payment Date or earlier, if necessary, or as otherwise provided in Article V but only to the extent
of available funds in the applicable sub-Account. 
 SECTION 403. Investment of Funds in the Accounts. (a) Funds on
deposit in the Accounts will be invested and reinvested by the Trustee at the direction of the Issuer in one or more Eligible Investments. The Issuer may authorize the Trustee to make specific investments pursuant to written instructions (which may
be delivered via facsimile or other means of electronic transmission with receipt confirmed), in such amounts as the Issuer will specify. Notwithstanding the foregoing, funds held by the Trustee in any of the Accounts will be invested in Eligible
Investments that will mature in each case no later than the date on which such funds in the Accounts are scheduled to be transferred or distributed by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture (or as much earlier as necessary to provide for timely
payment of principal or interest on the applicable Principal Payment Date or Interest Payment Date). 
 (b) All funds deposited from time to
time in the Accounts pursuant to this Indenture and all investments made with such funds will be held by the Trustee in the Accounts as part of the Collateral as herein provided, subject to withdrawal by the Trustee for the purposes set forth
herein. The Issuer will not direct the Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any investment held in the Accounts unless the security interest granted and perfected in such Accounts will continue to be perfected in such investment or
the proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further action by the Issuer or the Trustee. 

  
 48 

 (c) Funds and other property in any of the Accounts will not be commingled with any other funds
or property of the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may hold any funds or other property received or held by it as part of the Accounts in collecting accounts maintained by it in the normal course of its business and containing
funds held by it for other Persons (which may include the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof), provided that such accounts are under the sole control of the Trustee and the Trustee maintains adequate records indicating the ownership of all such funds or
property and the portions thereof held for credit to the applicable Accounts. 
 (d) The Issuer will not direct the Trustee to make any
investment of any funds in any of the Accounts or to sell any investment held in such Accounts except under the following terms and conditions: 

(i) each such investment will be made in the name of the Trustee (in its capacity as such) or in the name of a nominee of the
Trustee under its complete and exclusive dominion and control (or, if, as indicated by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee, applicable law provides for perfection of pledges of an instrument not evidenced by a certificate or other
instrument through registration of such pledge on books maintained by or on behalf of the issuer of such investment, such pledge may be so registered); 

(ii) the Trustee will have sole control over such investment, the income thereon and the proceeds thereof; 

(iii) other than the investments described in clause (i), any certificate or other instrument evidencing such investment will
be delivered directly to the Trustee or its agent; and 
 (iv) the proceeds of each sale of such an investment will be
remitted by the purchaser thereof directly to the Trustee for deposit in the Account in which such investment was held. 
 (e) All income or
other gain from investments of funds on deposit in the Accounts (other than the Principal Funding Account) will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). Any loss resulting from such investments will be charged to the
sub-Accounts pro rata based on the amount on deposit in such sub-Account. 
 The Issuer may use weighted averaging or any other reasonable
method for allocating losses among such sub-Accounts. Subject to Section 801(c), the Trustee will not in any way be held liable by reason of any insufficiency in such sub-Accounts resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included
therein except for losses attributable to the Trustee’s failure to make payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial capacity, in accordance with their terms. 

(f) All income or other gain from investments of funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account will be applied as set forth in
Section 506. 

  
 49 

 (g) Funds on deposit in the Accounts will be invested and reinvested by the Trustee to the
fullest extent practicable, in such manner as the Trustee will from time to time determine, but only in one or more Eligible Investments, upon the occurrence of any of the following events: 

(i) the Issuer will have failed to give investment directions to the Trustee; or 

(ii) an Event of Default will have occurred and is continuing but no Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to
Section 702. 
 SECTION 404. Excess Funds in the Interest Funding sub-Accounts or Principal Funding sub-Accounts.
(a) With respect to any Due Period, if the Issuer determines that the amount on deposit in any Interest Funding sub-Account (after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals to be made with respect to such Due Period) is greater than
the amount targeted to be on deposit in such Interest Funding sub-Account with respect to such Due Period (subject to Section 507(e)), such excess will be withdrawn from such sub-Account and treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to
Section 501(2). 
 (b) With respect to any Due Period, if the Issuer determines that the amount on deposit in any Principal Funding
sub-Account (after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals to be made with respect to that Due Period) is greater than the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of a tranche of Notes less the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of that tranche,
that excess will be withdrawn from such sub-Account and treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 

ARTICLE V 

Allocations, Deposits and Payments 

SECTION 501. Allocations of Finance Charge Collections. With respect to each Due Period, the Trustee will allocate or cause to
be allocated (1) Finance Charge Collections received by the Issuer with respect to that Due Period, and (2) amounts to be treated as Finance Charge Collections (including pursuant to Sections 403(e), 404(a) and (b), 506(d), 507(f), 511(f),
519(c), 523(j) and 527(c)) in the following priority: 
 (a) first, to pay accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of,
and other amounts due to, the Trustee pursuant to Section 807; 
 (b) second, to make the targeted deposits to
the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 503; 
 (c) third, to increase the Invested Amount of the
Collateral Certificate or reimburse any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit pursuant to Section 527; 
 (d)
fourth, to make the targeted deposit to the Class C Reserve Account, if any, pursuant to Section 518(a); 
 (e)
fifth, to make any other payment or deposit required by the terms document of any series, class or tranche of Notes; and 

(f) sixth, to the Issuer. 

  
 50 

 SECTION 502. Allocations of Principal Collections. With respect to each Due Period,
the Trustee will allocate or cause to be allocated (1) Principal Collections received by the Issuer with respect to that Due Period, and (2) amounts to be treated as Principal Collections (including pursuant to Section 511(d)) in the
following priority: 
 (a) first, with respect to each Due Period, 

(i) first, if after giving effect to deposits to be made with respect to such Due Period pursuant to
Section 501(b), any tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a series has not received the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to Section 503 with respect to that Due Period, then from (A) such Principal Collections
and amounts to be treated as Principal Collections, to the extent the reallocation thereof under this clause (a) will result in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of tranches of Class C Notes of that series, together with
(B) Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account of tranches of Class C Notes of that series as of the last day of that Due Period, the following amounts will be allocated in the following priority:

 (1) first, in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of such funds and the amount of the deficiency in the
targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of each tranche of Class A Notes of that series, to be allocated to the Interest Funding sub-Accounts of Class A Notes of that series pro rata based on the amount of
such deficiencies; and 
 (2) second, in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of such funds (after giving
effect to clause (1)) and the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of each tranche of Class B Notes of that series, to be allocated to the Interest Funding sub-Accounts of Class B
Notes of that series pro rata based on the amount of such deficiencies; 
 provided, however, that such reallocations will be subject
to the limits of Sections 512, 513 and 514. 
 (ii) second, with respect to each Due Period, if after giving effect to
deposits to be made with respect to such Due Period pursuant to Section 501(b) and clause (a)(i), any tranche of Class A Notes of a series has not received the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to Section 503, then from
(A) such Principal Collections and amounts to be treated as Principal Collections, to the extent the reallocation thereof under this clause (a) will result in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of tranches of Class B Notes of
that series, together with (B) Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account of tranches of Class B Notes of that series as of the last day of that Due Period, an amount equal to the lesser of the
amount of such funds and the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to the Interest Funding sub-Account of each tranche of Class A Notes of that series, will be reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Accounts of Class A Notes of
that series pro rata based on the amount of such deficiencies; provided, however, that such reallocations will be subject to the limits of Sections 512, 513 and 514. 

  
 51 

 (b) second, together with amounts available pursuant to
Section 523(e), to make the targeted deposits to the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 508; and 
 (c)
third, together with any remaining amounts available pursuant to Section 523(e), to the Master Trust, to be reinvested in the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 520(c). 

SECTION 503. Targeted Deposits of Finance Charge Collections to the Interest Funding Account. The aggregate amount of Finance
Charge Collections targeted to be deposited into the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 501(b) with respect to each Due Period (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) is equal to the sum of the following amounts. A single tranche of
Notes may be entitled to more than one of the following targeted deposits with respect to any Due Period. The targeted deposit with respect to any Due Period will also include any shortfall in the targeted deposit with respect to any prior Due
Period. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document: 
 (a) Specified Deposits. If the terms document
for a tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) specifies deposits in addition to or different from the deposits described below in this Section to be made to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that tranche, the deposit targeted for
that tranche of Notes with respect to any Due Period is the specified amount for that Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the dates specified in the applicable terms document.

 (b) Interest Payments not Covered by a Derivative Agreement. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms
document: (i) If a tranche of Outstanding Interest-bearing Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) provides for payments of interest that are not covered by a Derivative Agreement, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect
to each Due Period will be equal to the amount of interest accrued on the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Notes during the period from the Monthly Interest Date in that Due Period (or the date of issuance of that
tranche for the determination with respect to the first Monthly Interest Date) to the first Monthly Interest Date after the end of that Due Period. (ii) If a tranche of Interest-bearing Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a
Derivative Agreement that by its terms only covers a portion of the interest on such tranche of Notes (such as an interest rate cap or similar agreement), the deposit targeted under this clause will be the uncapped portion of the interest accrued on
the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Notes during that period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits referred to in this clause (b) will be made on each Monthly Interest
Date for the applicable tranche. 
 (c) Notes with Performing Derivative Agreements. Unless otherwise specified in the
applicable terms document: (i) If a tranche of Outstanding Dollar Notes or foreign currency Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a Performing Derivative Agreement for interest that provides for monthly payments to the applicable
Derivative Counterparty, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to each Due Period is equal to the amount required to be paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty on the next payment

  
 52 

 
date under that Derivative Agreement following the end of that Due Period, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for that tranche as of the last day of such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is
determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the payment date specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement. (ii) If a tranche of Dollar Notes or foreign currency Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a
Performing Derivative Agreement for interest that provides for payments less frequently than monthly to the applicable Derivative Counterparty, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to each Due Period is equal to the amount
required to be paid to the Derivative Counterparty on the payment date under that Derivative Agreement next following the end of that Due Period, and allocable to the period from one such Interest Deposit Date (or in the case of the first Interest
Deposit Date, from the date of issuance of that tranche of Notes) to the next Interest Deposit Date, taking into account the applicable interest rate and day count convention under that Derivative Agreement, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for
that tranche as of the last day of such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the payment date specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement in the month in which payment is
scheduled to be made to the Derivative Counterparty, and on the Monthly Interest Date in each other month. 
 (d) Dollar
Notes with non-Performing Derivative Agreements. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, if a tranche of Outstanding Dollar Interest-bearing Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a non-Performing Derivative
Agreement for interest, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to each Due Period will be equal to the amount of interest accrued on the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Notes with respect to that
Due Period from the Monthly Interest Date in that Due Period (or the date of issuance of that tranche for the determination with respect to the first Monthly Interest Date) to the first Monthly Interest Date after the end of that Due Period to the
extent that such interest would have been covered by that non-Performing Derivative Agreement. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on each Monthly Interest Date for the applicable tranche.

 (e) Foreign Currency Notes with non-Performing Derivative Agreements. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable
terms document: (i) If a tranche of Outstanding foreign currency Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest that provides for monthly payments to the applicable derivative counterparty,
then the calculation of the deposit targeted is made with reference to the amount of Dollars that would have been payable to the applicable Derivative Counterparty under the Derivative Agreement with respect to that Due Period if that Derivative
Agreement were Performing, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for that tranche as of the last day of such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on each Monthly Interest Date for
the applicable tranche. (ii) If a tranche of Outstanding foreign currency Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest that provides for payments less frequently than monthly to the
applicable Derivative Counterparty, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to each Due Period is equal to the amount required to be paid to the Derivative Counterparty on the payment date under that Derivative Agreement next
following the end of that Due Period, and allocable to the period from one such Interest Deposit Date (or in the case of the first 

  
 53 

 
Interest Deposit Date, from the date of issuance of that tranche of Notes) to the next Interest Deposit Date, taking into account the applicable interest rate and day count convention under that
Derivative Agreement, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for that tranche as of the last day of such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on each Monthly Interest Date. 

(f) Discount Notes. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, in the case of a tranche of Outstanding
Discount Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to any Due Period is equal to the amount of accretion of principal of that tranche of Notes from the Monthly Principal Date in that Due
Period (or in the case of the first Monthly Principal Date, from the date of issuance of that tranche) to the first Monthly Principal Date after the end of that Due Period, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for that tranche as of the last day of
such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on each Monthly Principal Date for the applicable tranche. 

(g) Interest on Overdue Interest. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, the deposit targeted for
any tranche of Outstanding Notes for any month that has accrued and overdue interest will be the interest accrued on that overdue interest from and including the Interest Payment Date in that month to but excluding the Interest Payment Date next
following that month at the rate of interest applicable to the principal of that tranche during that period. 
 SECTION 504. Payments
Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest; Other Deposits to the Interest Funding Account. The following deposits and payments will be made to the Interest Funding Account on the following dates: 

(a) Payments Received From Derivative Counterparties for Interest. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for
interest in Dollars will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the date of receipt. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for interest in foreign currencies will be made directly to the applicable Paying Agent for
payment to the Holders of the applicable tranche of Notes, or as otherwise specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement or applicable terms document. 

(b) Principal Funding Account Earnings. Amounts received pursuant to Section 506(c) for any tranche of Notes will
be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on each Monthly Interest Date. 
 (c) Class C Reserve
Account. Withdrawals made from any Class C Reserve sub-Account pursuant to Section 519(a) will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the date specified in Section 519(a). 

(d) Receivables Sales Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds received by the Issuer pursuant to Section 523(i)(ii)
for any tranche of RSP Notes will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the date of receipt by the Issuer. 

SECTION 505. Allocation of Deposits to Interest Funding sub-Accounts. The aggregate amount of the deposits to be made to the
Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 503 for 

  
 54 

 
each Due Period will be allocated, and a portion deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), as follows: 

(a) Available Amounts Equal to Targeted Amounts. If the amount of funds available for a Due Period pursuant to
Section 501(b) is at least equal to the aggregate amount of the deposits and payments targeted by Section 503, then the full amount of each such deposit and payment will be made. 

(b) Available Amounts are Less than Targeted Amounts. (i) If the amount of funds available for a Due Period
pursuant to Section 501(b) is less than the aggregate amount of the deposits and payments targeted by Section 503, then the amount available will be allocated to each series of Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation
Amount of all Notes of that series to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all series. 
 (ii) For all series
identified as belonging to “Group 1”, the amounts allocated to the tranches of Notes of those series (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) pursuant to clause (b) (i) will be reaggregated into a single pool, and reallocated to the
Interest Funding sub-Account for each series, class or tranche of Notes in Group 1 pro rata based on the amount of the deposit targeted to be made to the applicable Interest Funding sub-Accounts pursuant to Section 503. 

(iii) For all series identified as belonging to another group, the reallocation of amounts allocated pursuant to clause (b)(i)
will be based on a rule for that group set forth in the applicable terms document. 
 (c) Other Funds not Reallocated.
Funds deposited into any Interest Funding sub-Account pursuant to Sections 502(a), 504, 506 and 523(i)(ii) and funds on deposit from prior Due Periods will not be reallocated to any other Interest Funding sub-Account. 

SECTION 506. Deposit of Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings in Interest Funding sub-Accounts; Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings
Shortfall. (a) As of the end of each Due Period, the Issuer will calculate 
 (i) the Principal Funding
sub-Account Earnings Target for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), 
 (ii) the Principal Funding
sub-Account Earnings for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), and 
 (iii) the Principal Funding
sub-Account Earnings Shortfall (if any) for the Principal Funding sub-Account for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) 
 for the
period from the Interest Deposit Date in that Due Period (or with respect to the first Interest Deposit Date with respect to that tranche, the date of issuance of that tranche) to the first Interest Deposit Date after the end of that Due Period (for
purposes of this Section, a “monthly period”). 
 (b) If there is any Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings
Shortfall for any Principal Funding sub-Account for that monthly period, or any unpaid Principal Funding sub-Account 

  
 55 

 
Earnings Shortfall for any Principal Funding sub-Account from any earlier monthly period, in each case for any tranche of Notes other than a tranche of RSP Notes, the Issuer will notify the
Master Trust pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Series 2000 Supplement of that amount. 
 (c) On each Interest Deposit Date, the Trustee
will deposit or cause to be deposited into each applicable Interest Funding sub-Account the following amounts: 
 (i) the
Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings for the related Principal Funding sub-Account for that monthly period, and 
 (ii)
with respect to any tranche of Notes other than a tranche of RSP Notes, the amount received by the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Series 2000 Supplement with respect to that Principal Funding sub-Account, if any. 

(d) If the amount of Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings for any tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) for any Due Period
is greater than the Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Target for that Due Period, the amount of the excess will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2) or as otherwise provided in the applicable terms document.

 SECTION 507. Withdrawals from Interest Funding Account. Withdrawals made pursuant to this Section with respect to any
tranche of Notes will be made from the Interest Funding sub-Account established for that tranche only after all allocations and reallocations have been made pursuant to Sections 503, 504, 505 and 506, but in no event more than the amount on deposit
in the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account. A single tranche of Notes may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals in any month. 

(a) Withdrawals for Dollar Notes with no Derivative Agreement for Interest. On each applicable Interest Payment Date (or
as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to each tranche of Dollar Notes with no Derivative Agreement for interest, an amount equal to the interest due on the applicable tranche of Notes on the applicable Interest
Payment Date (including any overdue interest with respect to prior Interest Payment Dates) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent or as otherwise provided in the applicable terms
document. 
 (b) Withdrawals for Discount Notes. On each applicable Monthly Principal Date, with respect to each
tranche of Discount Notes, an amount equal to the amount of the accretion of principal of that tranche of Notes from the prior Monthly Principal Date (or in the case of the first Monthly Principal Date the date of issuance of that tranche) to the
applicable Monthly Principal Date (plus any accretions of principal from prior Due Periods for which no withdrawal was made) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and invested in the Collateral Certificate pursuant to
Section 520(a). 
 (c) Withdrawals for Notes with Performing Derivative Agreements for Interest. On each date on
which a payment is required under the applicable Derivative Agreement (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to any tranche of Notes which has a Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, an amount equal
to the amount of the payment to be made under the applicable Derivative Agreement (including any overdue payment) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty or as otherwise provided in
the applicable terms document. 

  
 56 

 (d) Withdrawals for Notes with non-Performing Derivative Agreements for
Interest in Dollars. On each Interest Payment Date (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to a tranche of Dollar Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, an amount equal to the
amount of interest payable on that Interest Payment Date (including any overdue interest with respect to prior Interest Payment Dates) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent or as
otherwise provided in the applicable terms document. 
 (e) Withdrawals for Notes with non-Performing Derivative
Agreements for Foreign Currency Interest. On each Interest Payment Date with respect to a tranche of foreign currency Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms
document), an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of Dollars necessary to be converted at the applicable Spot Exchange Rate to pay the foreign currency interest due (including any overdue interest with respect to prior Interest Payment
Dates) on that tranche of Notes on the applicable Interest Payment Date and (ii) the amount that would have been payable to the applicable Derivative Counterparty with respect to that Interest Payment Date if the applicable Derivative Agreement
had been Performing (including any overdue payments) will be withdrawn from that sub-Account and converted to the applicable foreign currency at the Spot Exchange Rate and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent. Any excess Dollar amount will be
retained on deposit in the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account (subject to clause (f)) to be applied to make interest payments on later Interest Payment Dates. 

(f) Treatment as Finance Charge Collections. After payment in full of any tranche of Notes, any amount remaining on
deposit in the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 

(g) Receivables Sales Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds on deposit in the Interest Funding sub-Account for any
tranche of RSP Notes may be withdrawn on any Interest Payment Date (after giving effect to any payment of interest on that tranche on that date) to reimburse the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit of that tranche pursuant to
Section 527(g). 
 If the aggregate amount available for withdrawal from an Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Notes is
less than all withdrawals required to be made from that Interest Funding sub-Account for that tranche in a month, then the amounts on deposit will be withdrawn and, if payable to more than one Person, applied pro rata based on the amounts of the
withdrawals required to be made. 
 SECTION 508. Targeted Deposits of Principal Collections to the Principal Funding Account.
Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, the amount of the deposit targeted for any tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) with respect to any Due Period to be deposited into the Principal Funding
sub-Account for that tranche will be the sum of (i) the amount determined pursuant to clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such tranche for such Due Period, as applicable, or if more than one such clause is applicable, the
highest amount 

  
 57 

 
determined pursuant to any one of such clauses, and (ii) any deposit targeted pursuant to clause (i) with respect to such tranche for any prior Due Period but for which the full
targeted deposit was not made, but in no case more than the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche (computed immediately before giving effect to such deposit). 

(a) Expected Principal Payment Date. With respect to the Due Period immediately preceding the Expected Principal Payment
Date of a tranche of Notes, and each Due Period thereafter, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes is equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of Notes as of such Expected Principal Payment Date or the following Monthly
Principal Date, as the case may be. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the applicable Expected Principal Payment Date and each following Monthly Principal Date. 

(b) Budgeted Deposits. (i) Subject to Section 508(d), with respect to each Due Period, beginning with the
twelfth full Due Period before the Expected Principal Payment Date of a tranche of Class A Notes but excluding the final Due Period before the Expected Principal Payment Date of that tranche of Class A Notes, the deposit targeted to be
made into the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche will be the Controlled Accumulation Amount for that tranche specified in the applicable terms document, or if no amount is specified equal to one-eleventh, in the case of a Single Issuance
Series, or one-twelfth, in the case of a Multiple Issuance Series, of the projected Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Notes as of its Expected Principal Payment Date after deducting any amounts already on deposit in the
applicable Principal Funding sub-Account. Subject to clause (ii) and unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the Monthly Principal Date next following the end of that Due Period. 

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clause (i), and unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to
Section 522, the Issuer may postpone the date of the targeted deposits under clause (i) under the following circumstances: 

(A) Immediately before the twelfth full Due Period before the Expected Principal Payment Date for every Class A Note, the
Issuer will calculate the minimum monthly principal expected to be paid to all Investor Certificates (including the Collateral Certificate) issued by the Master Trust. 

(B) This calculation will be made by multiplying the lowest of the monthly principal payment rates for Principal Receivables
during the twelve months preceding the date of calculation by the sum of (1) the aggregate Series Adjusted Invested Amount (as defined in each applicable supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) of each series of Investor Certificates
(other than the Collateral Certificate and any series that by its terms is an “excluded series” as specified in the applicable supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) and (2) the Series 2000 Adjusted Invested Amount (as
defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) of the Collateral Certificate less the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Notes to the extent that such Notes constitute an Excluded Series pursuant to Section 1112. 

  
 58 

 (C) Using the minimum monthly principal amount expected to be paid on Principal
Receivables, the Issuer will next compare that amount to the Invested Amounts of all Investor Certificates (including the Collateral Certificate, but excluding any Certificates representing Excluded Master Trust Series or series that are partially
Excluded Master Trust Series, to the extent of that exclusion) with their expected maturity dates and the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all tranches of Notes with Expected Principal Payment Dates in the eleven or twelve, as applicable, Due
Periods preceding the Expected Principal Payment Date of the tranche of Class A Notes for which the calculation is being performed. If the comparison reveals that the date of the targeted deposits can be postponed for that tranche of
Class A Notes (with a corresponding increase in the amount of each deposit targeted) and the Issuer expects to receive Principal Collections adequate to repay that tranche of Class A Notes in full on its Expected Principal Payment Date,
then the Issuer may designate a later Due Period (and correspondingly increased Controlled Accumulation Amount) with respect to which deposits to the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class A Notes will begin. The comparison
made will assume that the dates required for collection of Principal Collections are postponed to the maximum extent permitted by all Investor Certificates and tranches of Notes. 

(c) Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account of Senior Classes. If the Issuer determines as of the end of any Due
Period with respect to any Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a series that, after giving effect to all allocations and payments with respect to that Due Period, the Prefunding Target Amount of that class is greater than zero, the targeted
deposit to the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for the affected classes of that series will be the Prefunding Target Amount for that series. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the Monthly
Principal Date applicable to the Class A Notes or the Class B Notes, as the case may be, next following the end of that Due Period. 

(d) Event of Default, Early Redemption Event, Other Optional or Mandatory Redemption. If any tranche of Notes has been
accelerated during a Due Period after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or if an Early Redemption Event with respect to any tranche of Notes occurs during such Due Period, or with respect to the Due Period immediately preceding any other date
fixed for any other mandatory or optional redemption of any tranche of Notes, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to that Due Period and each following Due Period is equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of
Notes as of the Monthly Principal Date occurring immediately after that Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the Monthly Principal Date next following the end of that Due
Period. 

  
 59 

 SECTION 509. Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal; Other Deposits
to Principal Funding Accounts. The following additional amounts will be deposited into the Principal Funding Account on the following dates: 

(a) Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for principal in
Dollars for any tranche of Notes will be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account on the date of receipt. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for principal in foreign currencies for any tranche of Notes will be made
directly to the applicable Paying Agent for payment to the Holders of the applicable tranche of Notes, or as otherwise specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement or applicable terms document. 

(b) Class C Reserve Account. Withdrawals made from any Class C Reserve sub-Account pursuant to Section 519(b) will
be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account on the date specified in Section 519(b). 
 (c)
Receivables Sale Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds received pursuant to Section 523(i)(i) for any tranche of RSP Notes will be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account on the date of receipt by the Issuer. 

(d) Reimbursements of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits. Any amounts relating to reimbursements of Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits with respect to any tranche of RSP Notes pursuant to Section 527 hereof and pursuant to Section 4.03(b), (c) or (d) of the Series 2000 Supplement will be deposited into the applicable Principal
Funding sub-Account on each Monthly Principal Date, or in months with a Principal Payment Date, on the preceding Business Day. 
 SECTION
510. Reallocations of Funds on Deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts. The aggregate amount of the deposits to be made to the Principal Funding Account for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) pursuant to
Section 508 for each Due Period will be allocated, and a portion deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account for each tranche of Notes, as follows: 

(a) Principal Collections Equal to Targeted Amount. If the aggregate deposit of Principal Collections to the Principal
Funding Account is equal to the sum of the deposits of Principal Collections targeted by each tranche of Notes, then that targeted amount is deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account established for each tranche. 

(b) Principal Collections Are Less Than Targeted Amounts. (i) Subject to clause (d), if the amount of Principal
Collections on deposit in any Principal Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class A Notes of a series is less than the sum of the deposits of Principal Collections targeted with respect to that tranche (other than amounts targeted for deposit
with respect to an optional redemption of that tranche, to the extent specified in the applicable terms document) pursuant to Section 508, then amounts on deposit in Principal Funding sub-Accounts of Class B Notes and Class C Notes of that
series will be reallocated to the Class A Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class A Notes, to be reallocated first from the Class C Principal Funding sub-Accounts in that series and second from Class B
Principal Funding sub-Accounts in that series. If more than one tranche of Class A Notes requires a reallocation of amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts of the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes of that series, then the
reallocated amounts will be deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account for each such tranche of Class A Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche of Class A Notes, to
(B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation 

  
 60 

 
Amounts of all tranches of Class A Notes of that series that require such reallocations, in each case calculated immediately before giving effect to such reallocations (but not more than the
amount of the deposit targeted for such tranche, with any excess to be reallocated among the other tranches of Class A Notes of that series that require reallocations pro rata based on the Nominal Liquidation Amount of those tranches). 

(ii) After giving effect to clause (b)(i), and subject to clause (d), if the amount on deposit in any applicable Principal
Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class B Notes of a series is less than the sum of the deposits targeted pursuant to Section 508 with respect to that tranche (other than amounts targeted for deposit with respect to an optional redemption of
that tranche, to the extent specified in the applicable terms document), then amounts on deposit in Principal Funding sub-Accounts of the Class C Notes of that series will be reallocated to the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class
B Notes. If more than one tranche of Class B Notes requires a reallocation of amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts of the Class C Notes of that series, then the reallocated amounts will be deposited in the Principal Funding
sub-Account for each such tranche of Class B Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche of Class B Notes, to (B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all tranches of Class
B Notes of that series that require such reallocations, in each case as calculated immediately before giving effect to such reallocations (but not more than the amount of the deposit targeted for such tranche, with any excess to be reallocated among
the other tranches of Class B Notes of that series that require reallocations pro rata based on the Nominal Liquidation Amount of those tranches). 

(c) Limitations on Reallocations of Principal Collections. (i) If the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of
Notes of a subordinated class of a series has been reduced pursuant to clauses (b)(v) and (b)(vi) of the definition of Nominal Liquidation Amount and then reimbursed in whole or in part pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of the definition of Nominal
Liquidation Amount, the maximum amount that may be reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche to the Principal Funding sub-Accounts of any senior class of that series that was Outstanding before the date of such reduction in
the Nominal Liquidation Amount is equal to the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche of Notes of the subordinated class, less the cumulative amount of such reductions since the dates that senior class was issued. 

(ii) If amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for more than one tranche of Notes of a subordinated class of a
series are required to be reallocated pursuant to clauses (b)(i) or (b)(ii), amounts will be withdrawn from the Principal Funding sub-Account for each such tranche of subordinated Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount
of that tranche of Notes to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Notes of that class of that series; provided, however, that if any Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of that tranche has been reimbursed in whole or in part
pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of the definition of Nominal Liquidation Amount, for purposes of calculating that ratio for allocating withdrawals of funds deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for senior classes of Notes of that series that
were Outstanding before the date of such reduction in the Nominal Liquidation Amount, the Nominal Liquidation Amount as used in that ratio will be calculated without giving effect to such reimbursements. 

  
 61 

 (d) Receivables Sales Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds on deposit in
the Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Notes (i) will not be reallocated to the Principal Funding sub-Account for any senior class of Notes, and (ii) will be reallocated to be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant
to, and only to the extent permitted by, Section 513. 
 (e) Reallocation of Other Funds. Funds deposited into
any Principal Funding sub-Account pursuant to Sections 509(a) and (b) will not be reallocated to any other Principal Funding sub-Account pursuant to this Section. 

SECTION 511. Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account. Withdrawals made pursuant to this Section with respect to any tranche
of Notes will be made from the Principal Funding sub-Accounts established for that tranche only after all allocations and reallocations have been made pursuant to Sections 508, 509 and 510, and reallocated on the same basis until those funds are
fully applied. In no event will the amount of the withdrawal be more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account. A single tranche may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals with respect to any Due
Period. 
 (a) Withdrawals for Dollar Notes with no Derivative Agreement for Principal. On each applicable Principal
Payment Date (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to each tranche of Dollar Notes which has no Derivative Agreement for principal, an amount equal to the principal due on the applicable tranche of Notes on
the applicable Principal Payment Date will be withdrawn from that Principal Funding sub-Account and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent or as otherwise provided by the applicable terms document. 

(b) Withdrawals for Notes with Performing Derivative Agreements for Principal. On each date on which a payment is to be
made under the applicable Derivative Agreement (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to any tranche of Notes which has a Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, an amount equal to the amount of the
payment to be made under the applicable Derivative Agreement will be withdrawn from that Principal Funding sub-Account and paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty or as otherwise provided by the applicable terms document. The Issuer will
direct the applicable Derivative Counterparty to remit its payments under the applicable Derivative Agreement to the applicable Paying Agent or as otherwise provided by the applicable terms document. 

(c) Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with non-Performing Derivative Agreements for Principal. On each Principal
Payment Date with respect to a tranche of foreign currency Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document), an amount equal to the amount of Dollars necessary to
be converted at the applicable Spot Exchange Rate to pay the foreign currency principal due on that tranche of Notes on the applicable Principal Payment Date will be withdrawn from that sub-Account and converted to the applicable foreign currency at
the Spot Exchange Rate and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent. 
 (d) Withdrawal of Prefunding Excess Amount. If
the Issuer on any date determines as of the end of any Due Period with respect to any class of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a series that, without giving effect to all allocations and payments with respect to that

  
 62 

 
Due Period, the Prefunding Excess Amount of that class is greater than zero, that amount will be withdrawn from the Principal Funding sub-Account of that class of Notes and treated as Principal
Collections pursuant to Section 502. Such withdrawals will be allocated among the Principal Funding sub-Account of the tranches of Notes of that class so that, after giving effect thereto, no such Principal Funding sub-Account will have an
amount on deposit less than the amount then targeted to be on deposit in such Principal Funding sub-Account. 
 (e)
Withdrawal of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts. Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) (subject to Section 514) will be withdrawn from the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account
on the applicable Monthly Interest Date. Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts payable to the Master Trust pursuant to Section 526(e)(ii) will be withdrawn from the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account as soon as practicable after
determination of the amount to be withdrawn and paid to the Master Trust as provided in Section 526. 
 (f) Treatment
as Finance Charge Collections. Upon payment in full of any tranche of Notes, any remaining amount on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 

SECTION 512. Limit on Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts Taken to Benefit Senior
Classes of Single Issuance Series. With respect to Single Issuance Series for any Due Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make
deposits pursuant to Section 501(b) will be subject to the following limitations: 
 (a) With respect to Class A
Notes of a Single Issuance Series, the aggregate amount of: 
 (i) all reallocations of Principal Collections that were
deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocation resulted in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class C Notes of
that series; 
 (ii) all reallocations of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts that were deposited into the Interest
Funding sub-Account of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocations resulted in the reduction of the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes of that series;

 (iii) all reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes of that series from allocations of
Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; and 
 (iv) all reductions to the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit
Amount of the Class C Notes of that series from allocations of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; 
 may not exceed the
Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Class C Notes for that series. 

  
 63 

 (b) With respect to Class A Notes of a Single Issuance Series, the aggregate
amount of: 
 (i) all reallocations of Principal Collections that were deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of
Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocation resulted in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class B Notes of that series; 

(ii) all reallocations of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts that were deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account
of Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocations resulted in the reduction of the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class B Notes of that series; 

(iii) all reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class B Notes of that series from allocations of Investor
Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; and 
 (iv) all reductions to the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of the
Class B Notes of that series from allocations of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; 
 may not exceed the Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount of Class B Notes for that series. 
 (c) With respect to Class B Notes of a Single Issuance Series, the
aggregate amount of: 
 (i) all reallocations of Principal Collections that were deposited into the Interest Funding
sub-Account of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocation resulted in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class C Notes of that series; 

(ii) all reallocations of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts that were deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account
of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocations resulted in the reduction of the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes of that series; 

(iii) all reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes of that series from allocations of Investor
Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; and 
 (iv) all reductions to the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts of the
Class C Notes of that series from allocations of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; 
 may not exceed the Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount of Class C Notes for that series. 
 SECTION 513. Limit on Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts Taken to Benefit Senior Classes of Multiple Issuance Series. With respect to Multiple Issuance Series for any Due Period, the aggregate amount of the Principal 

  
 64 

 
Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make deposits pursuant to Section 501(b) will be subject to the following
limitations: 
 (a) Limit on Reallocations to a tranche of Class A Notes from Class C Notes. Principal
Collections, the reallocation of which results in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes of a series pursuant to Section 514, and the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of
that series, may be reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make deposits into the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class A Notes of that series only to the extent, after giving effect to those deposits, that the sum of the
following amounts (such sum being the “Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount”) is not greater than the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that tranche of Class A Notes: 

(i) the cumulative sum of all Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to that tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to
Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b); 
 (ii) the
cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class A Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class B Notes of that
series pursuant to Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that tranche of Class A
Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b) on that
date
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such reallocated Investor Charge-Offs); 

(iii) the cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche
of Class A Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that tranche of Class A
Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a) on that date
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class C Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such Investor Charge-Offs); 

(iv) the cumulative sum of all Principal Collections and all Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated to the
Interest Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to Section 502(a) and deposited with respect to prior Due Periods and that Due Period that resulted in a reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class C Notes of that series; and 

  
 65 

 (v) the cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following
formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class A Notes is Outstanding, and (A) Principal Collections are reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to
Section 502(a), and that reallocation reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, or (B) any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount that is reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account
for any tranche of Class C Notes of that series to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a): 
  

					
	 Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that tranche of Class A
Notes
	  	×	  	(a) amount of Principal Collections reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a) that reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount
of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, and (b) amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes of that series to the Interest Funding sub-Account for
any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a)
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such reallocated Investor Charge-Offs). 

(b) Limit on Reallocations to a tranche of Class A Notes from Class B Notes. Principal Collections, the
reallocation of which results in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class B Notes of a series pursuant to Section 514, and the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes of that series, may be
reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make deposits into the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class A Notes of that series only to the extent, after giving effect to those deposits, that the sum of the following amounts
(such sum being the “Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount”) is not greater than the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that tranche of Class A Notes: 

(i) the cumulative sum of all Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to that tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to
Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b); 
 (ii) the
cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class A Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class B Notes of that
series pursuant to Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that tranche of Class A
Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a), and not then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section
526(b)
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such unreallocated Investor Charge-Offs); and 

  
 66 

 (iii) the cumulative sum of all Principal Collections and all Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to Section 502(a) and deposited with respect to prior Due Periods and that Due Period that resulted in a reduction of the
Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class B Notes of that series. 
 (c)
Limit on Reallocations to a tranche of Class B Notes from Class C Notes. Principal Collections, the reallocation of which results in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes of a series pursuant to
Section 514, and the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, may be reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make deposits into the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class B
Notes of that series only to the extent, after giving effect to those deposits, that the sum of the following amounts (such sum being the “Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount”) is not greater than the Class B
Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that tranche of Class B Notes: 
 (i) the cumulative sum of all amounts
determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class B Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class A Notes of that series pursuant to
Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of Class B Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge Offs initially allocated to Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b) on that
date
	the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such reallocated Investor Charge-Offs); 

(ii) the cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche
of Class B Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that tranche of Class B
Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a) on that date
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class C Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such Investor Charge-Offs); 

(iii) the cumulative sum of all Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to that tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to
Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b); 
 (iv) the
cumulative sum of all Principal Collections and all Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account 

  
 67 

 
for that tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to Section 502(a) and deposited with respect to prior Due Periods and that Due Period that resulted in a reduction of the Nominal Liquidation
Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class C Notes of that series; and 
 (v) the cumulative
sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class B Notes is Outstanding, and (A) Principal Collections are reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of
Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), and that reallocation reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, or (B) any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount that is
reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes of that series to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a): 

 

					
	 the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of Class B Notes
	  	 ×
	  	(a) amount of Principal Collections reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a) that reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount
of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, and (b) amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes of that series to the Interest Funding sub-Account for
any tranche of Class A Notes of that series
	the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  		  
		  		  
		  		  

 SECTION 514. Computation of Amount of Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amounts Taken from Subordinated Classes; Allocations of Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes from Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts. The
aggregate amount of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts that may be reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) with respect to any Due Period with respect to any series of Notes will be equal to the lesser of
(1) the largest amount that will not result in a violation of Section 512 or 513, as the case may be, and (2) the largest amount that may be reallocated to result in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amount of the subordinated classes of Notes of that series that will not result in a violation of this Section. 

(a) Each reallocation of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited to the Interest Funding
sub-Account of a senior class of a series pursuant to Section 502(a) will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of each tranche of Class C Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of
(1) the Nominal Liquidation Amount and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such tranche of Class C Notes of that series to (2) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of all tranches
of Class C Notes of that series; provided, however, that 
 (i) amounts reallocated to the Interest Funding
sub-Accounts for Class A Notes and Class B Notes of a series will be treated pro rata under this clause (a) based on the amounts reallocated; 

  
 68 

 (ii) in the case of any tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes that was
Outstanding before the date of any reimbursement of a reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 527, for purposes of applying
amounts of reallocations of Principal Collections or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of that tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes, the ratio set forth in clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2)
of this clause will be determined without regard to that reimbursement; 
 (iii) any allocation of any such reduction that
would otherwise have reduced the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class C Notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class C Notes as set forth in this clause (a), but in
no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes be reduced below zero; and 

(iv) any portion of any reallocation of Principal Collections or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited pursuant
to Section 502(a) that cannot be allocated to the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes pursuant to this clause (a) will be allocated to the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to clause (b) of this Section to the extent permitted by clause (b); 

(b) Each reallocation of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited to the Interest Funding
sub-Accounts of the Class A Notes of a series pursuant to Section 502(a) which does not result in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes of that series will reduce the
Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of each tranche of Class B Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (1) the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such
tranche of Class B Notes of that series to (2) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of all tranches of Class B Notes of that series; provided, however, that 

(i) in the case of any tranche of Class A Notes that was Outstanding before the date of any reimbursement of any reduction
of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 527, for purposes of applying amounts of reallocations of Principal Collections or Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of that tranche of Class A Notes, the ratio set forth in clauses (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this clause will be determined without regard to that reimbursement; 

(ii) any allocation of any such reduction that would otherwise have reduced the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sale
Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class B Notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining tranches 

  
 69 

 
of Class B Notes as set forth in this clause (b), but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sale Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes be reduced below
zero. 
 SECTION 515. Limit on Repayments of Subordinated Classes of Single Issuance Series. (a) Subject to clause (b),
with respect to Single Issuance Series, 
 (i) no funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account will be applied to pay
principal on any Class B Note or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class B Note (and no Class B Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603) unless, immediately before giving effect to that
payment (or cancellation), no Class A Notes of that series are Outstanding, and 
 (ii) no funds on deposit in a
Principal Funding sub-Account will be applied to pay principal on any Class C Note or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class C Note (and no Class C Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603)
unless, immediately before giving effect to that payment (or cancellation), no Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series are Outstanding. 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, funds on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account of any tranche of Notes
of a subordinated class of a Single Issuance Series may be applied to pay principal on that tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of that tranche: 

(i) on any Principal Payment Date, if and to the extent that such funds have been deposited into the applicable Principal
Funding sub-Account pursuant to Section 509(a) or (b); 
 (ii) on any Principal Payment Date, if the Prefunding Target
Amount for each senior class of Notes of that series is zero; 
 (iii) on any Principal Payment Date, if and to the extent
that such payment is made from funds deposited into such Principal Funding sub-Account not consisting of Principal Collections or Receivables Sales Proceeds, including funds deposited pursuant to Section 509(a) or (b); 

(iv) on the Legal Maturity Date of such tranche, if after giving effect to any deposits, allocations, reallocations and sales
of Receivables to be made on that date, any amount is on deposit in such Principal Funding sub-Account; or 
 (v) to the
extent such funds relate to reimbursements of reductions of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivable Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of the applicable tranche of subordinated Notes pursuant to Section 527. 

SECTION 516. Limit on Repayments of Subordinated Classes of Multiple Issuance Series. (a) With respect to Multiple Issuance
Series: 
 (i) Subject to clause (b), no funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account will be applied to pay principal
on any Class B Note or to 

  
 70 

 
make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class B Note, and no Class B Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603, unless, following that payment or
cancellation, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes is at least equal to the Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for the Outstanding Class A Notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes is
equal to the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(A) the aggregate amount of all Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all Class B Notes of that series which are Outstanding after
giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class B Notes (and all other Class B Notes which are to be repaid or canceled with respect to that Due Period), 

plus 

(B) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Outstanding tranches of Class B Notes of that
series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts of tranches of Class B Notes of that series) after giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class B Notes (and all other Class B Notes which are to be repaid or
canceled with respect to that Due Period); 
 plus 

(C) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 
 (ii) Subject to clause (b), no funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account will
be applied to pay principal on any Class C Note or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class C Note, and no Class C Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603, unless, following that payment or
cancellation, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is at least equal to the Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for the Outstanding Class A Notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is
equal to the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(A) the aggregate amount of all Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all Class C Notes of that series which are Outstanding after
giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class C Notes (and all other Class C Notes which are to be repaid or canceled with respect to that Due Period), 

plus 

(B) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of that
series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches Class C Notes of that series) after giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class C Notes (and all other Class C Notes which are to be repaid or canceled
with respect to that Due Period); 

  
 71 

 plus 

(C) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 
 (iii) Subject to clause (b), no funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account
will be applied to pay principal on any Class C Note or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class C Note, and no Class C Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603, unless, following that payment
or cancellation, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is at least equal to the Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for the Outstanding Class B Notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is
equal to the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(A) the aggregate amount of all Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all Class C Notes of that series which are Outstanding after
giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class C Notes (and all other Class C Notes which are to be repaid or canceled with respect to that Due Period), 

plus 

(B) the aggregate on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of that series
(other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes of that series) after giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class C Notes (and all other Class C Notes which are to be repaid or canceled with respect to
that Due Period); 
 plus 

(C) the aggregate amount of all Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount under clauses (c)(iii) and (c)(iv) of
Section 513 by any Outstanding tranche of Class B Notes of that series. 
 (b) Notwithstanding anything in this
Indenture to the contrary, amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account of any tranche of Notes of a subordinated class of a Multiple Issuance Series may be applied to pay principal of that tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative
Agreement with respect to principal of that tranche: 
 (i) on any Monthly Principal Date, if and to the extent that such
payment is not contrary to clause (a); 
 (ii) on any Monthly Principal Date, if the Prefunding Target Amount for each senior
class of Notes of that series is zero; 

  
 72 

 (iii) on any Monthly Principal Date, if and to the extent that such payment is
made from funds deposited into such Principal Funding sub-Account not consisting of Principal Collections or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts, including funds deposited pursuant to Section 509(a) or (b); 

(iv) on the Legal Maturity Date of such tranche, if after giving effect to any deposits, allocations, reallocations, sales of
Receivables or other payments to be made on that date, any amount is on deposit in such Principal Funding sub-Account. 
 SECTION 517.
Limit on Repayments of all Tranches. No Principal Collections on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Notes will be applied to pay principal of that tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement
with respect to principal of that tranche in excess of the highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche minus any unreimbursed reductions in the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche, plus, in the case of tranches
of Class C Notes, the cumulative amount deposited into the applicable Class C Reserve sub-Account. No Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount (or reimbursement of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits) on deposit in a Principal Funding
sub-Account of any tranche of Notes will be applied to pay principal on that tranche or to make a payment with respect to principal of that tranche that would result in a payment in excess of the highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that
tranche. 
 SECTION 518. Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account. (a) The aggregate deposit targeted to be made to
the Class C Reserve Account with respect to each Due Period is an amount equal to the sum of Class C Reserve Account deposits targeted to be made for each tranche of Class C Notes. The amount of any such deposit and the circumstances that require
that a deposit to be made will be set forth in the terms document for that tranche of Class C Notes. Unless another time is specified for making that deposit in the terms document for a tranche of Class C Notes, these deposits will be made on each
applicable Monthly Interest Date. 
 (b) If the amount of funds available for a Due Period pursuant to Section 501(d) is at least equal
to the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by clause (a), then the full amount of each such deposit will be made. 
 (c) (i) If
the amount of funds available for a Due Period pursuant to Section 501(d) is less than the aggregate amount of deposits targeted by clause (a), then the amount available will be allocated to each tranche of Class C Notes pro rata based on the
ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of all tranches of Class C Notes that have a targeted deposit amount with respect to that Due Period. (ii) Any amount in excess of the amount targeted to
be deposited to the Class C Reserve sub-Account for any tranche of Notes will be reallocated to tranches of Class C Notes that did not receive their targeted deposit pursuant to clause (i) pro rata the same basis until all available funds are
applied. 
 SECTION 519. Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account. Withdrawals made pursuant to this Section with respect
to any tranche of Class C Notes will be made from the Class C Reserve sub-Account established for that tranche of Class C Notes only after all allocations and reallocations have been made pursuant to Sections 501, 502, 503, 505, 508 and 510, but in
no event more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Class C Reserve sub-Account. Such withdrawals will be made first, as set forth in clause (a), and second, as set forth in clause (b). 

  
 73 

 (a) Interest; Payments with Respect to Derivative Agreements for Interest,
Accretion on Discount Notes. If the amount on deposit in the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required under Section 507(a), (b), (c),
(d) or (e), on each date specified in that Section, an amount equal to that deficiency will be withdrawn from that Class C Reserve sub-Account and deposited into that Interest Funding sub-Account. 

(b) Payments of Principal; Payments with Respect to Derivative Agreements for Principal. If the amount on deposit in the
Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required under Section 511, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) that deficiency, and (ii) the amount
by which the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of Class C Notes is less than the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class C Notes will be withdrawn from that Class C Reserve sub-Account and deposited into that
Principal Funding sub-Account on the Business Day before the date of the applicable withdrawal required pursuant to Section 511. 

(c) Amounts Treated as Finance Charge Collections. (i) If at any time a Class C Reserve sub-Account has an amount
of funds on deposit in excess of the amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to the applicable terms document, that excess may be withdrawn and treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). (ii) Upon payment in full of
any tranche of Class C Notes, any amount on deposit in the applicable Class C Reserve sub-Account will be withdrawn and treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 

SECTION 520. Reinvestment in the Collateral Certificate. (a) The amount of principal accreted on any tranche of Discount Notes
available pursuant to Section 503(f) will be paid to the Master Trust to increase the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(e) of the Series 2000 Supplement. 

(b) Any Finance Charge Collections available pursuant to Section 501(c) which are allocated pursuant to Section 527(f)(i) to any
tranche of Notes will be paid to the Master Trust to increase the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(d) of the Series 2000 Supplement. 

(c) Any amount of Principal Collections available pursuant to Section 502(c) will be paid to the Master Trust to increase the Invested
Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(f) of the Series 2000 Supplement. 
 SECTION 521. Final Payment.
Each tranche of Notes will be considered to be paid in full, the Holders of such tranche of Notes will have no further right or claim, and the Issuer will have no further obligation or liability with respect to such tranche of Notes, on the
earliest to occur of 
 (a) the date of the payment in full of the stated principal amount of and all accrued interest on
that tranche of Notes; 
 (b) the date on which the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Notes is reduced to zero, and
all accrued interested on such Notes is paid in full; or 

  
 74 

 (c) on the Legal Maturity Date of such Notes, after giving effect to all
deposits, allocations, reallocations, sales of Receivables and payments to be made on such date. 
 SECTION 522. Timing of
Deposits. So long as the Master Trust is permitted to make payments to the Issuer under Sections 4.02(a), (b) or (c) of the Series 2000 Supplement on the applicable Interest Deposit Date or Principal Deposit Date, the amounts
received by the Issuer pursuant to Sections 4.02(a), (b) and (c) of the Series 2000 Supplement will be allocated to and deposited into each applicable sub-Account for each tranche of Notes: 

(a) in months that do not have an Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date, as the case may be, for the applicable
tranche, on the applicable Monthly Interest Date or the applicable Monthly Principal Date, as the case may be; 
 (b) in
months that have an Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date, as the case may be, for the applicable tranche, one Business Day before such Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date; or 

(c) in any case, as provided in the applicable terms document or as much earlier as necessary to make timely payments to the
applicable Noteholders or Derivative Counterparties. 
 Otherwise, the funds received by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Series 2000
Supplement will be allocated to and deposited into each applicable sub-Account as soon after receipt of the applicable funds as practicable. 

SECTION 523. Sale of Receivables. (a) (i) If a tranche of Notes has been accelerated pursuant to Section 702 following
an Event of Default, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Majority Holders of that tranche of Notes will, cause the Master Trust to sell Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) as set forth in
this Section. 
 (ii) Such a sale will be permitted only if: 

(A) in the case of a sale of an Undivided Interest, the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies a
Master Trust Tax Opinion with respect to such sale; and 
 (B) in any case, at least one of the following conditions is met:

 (1) the Holders of 90% of the aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the accelerated tranche of Notes consent;
or 
 (2) the net proceeds of such sale would be sufficient to pay all Outstanding amounts due on the accelerated tranche of
Notes; or 
 (3) the Trustee determines that the Finance Charge Collections and Principal Collections allocable to the
accelerated tranche of Notes, payments to be received from any applicable Derivative Agreement and amounts on deposit in the applicable sub-Account will likely not be sufficient to make payments on the accelerated tranche of Notes when due and 66 2⁄3% of the Holders of the accelerated tranche of Notes consent to the sale. 

  
 75 

 (iii) In the case of an acceleration of a tranche of Notes of a subordinated
class, if (A) Receivables Sales Proceeds would be less than the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the accelerated tranche of Notes, and (B) the provisions of Section 515 or Section 516 would prevent the payment of the accelerated
tranche of subordinated Notes, such sale will be delayed until a level of prefunding of the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for the senior classes of Notes of that series has been reached such that the amount of such deficiency in Receivables Sales
Proceeds is no longer required to provide subordination protection for the senior classes of that series. 
 (b) If the Nominal Liquidation
Amount with respect to any tranche of Notes is greater than zero on its Legal Maturity Date (after giving effect to deposits, allocations, reallocations, payments and distributions otherwise to be made on that Legal Maturity Date), the Issuer will
cause the Master Trust to sell on that Legal Maturity Date Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein). 

(c) The amount of Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) to be sold pursuant to this Section
will be in an amount of up to 110% of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the affected tranche, but in no case will that amount of Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables exceed the following amount: 

 

									
	 the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the affected tranche of Notes
	  	×	  	the Series 2000 Allocation Percentage (as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) of the Collateral Certificate	  	×	  	the amount of Receivables in the Master Trust
	the Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding Notes	  	  	  	  

 (d) (i) The interest to be sold will be: 

(A) in the case of any affected tranche of Notes that are Class A Notes, that have reached their Legal Maturity Date by
the date of such sale, or are not prevented from being repaid by virtue of Section 515 or Section 516, either (1) an Absolute Ownership, or (2) an Amortizing Undivided Interest; and 

(B) in all other cases, a Revolving Undivided Interest. 

(ii) On earlier of (A) the Legal Maturity Date of the related tranche of Notes, and (B) the first date on which the
related tranche of Notes is no longer prevented from being repaid by virtue of Section 515 or Section 516 (the “Conversion Date”), each Revolving Undivided Interest will convert into either (1) an Absolute Ownership
of sale of Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables or (2) an Amortizing Undivided Interest. 
 (e) In the case of each
Revolving Undivided Interest, with respect to each Due Period ending on or before the applicable Conversion Date, a pro rata amount of collections relating to Principal Receivables will be allocated to such Revolving Undivided Interest based on the
ratio of (i) the principal balance (as determined below) of such Revolving Undivided Interest as of the last day of such Due Period, to (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due
Period. Such allocation of collections relating to Principal Receivables for such Due Period will be treated as Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 502(b) and (c). 

  
 76 

 (f) In the case of each Amortizing Undivided Interest, a pro rata amount of collections relating
to Principal Receivables will be allocated to such Amortizing Undivided Interest based on the ratio of (i) the principal balance (as determined below) of such Undivided Interest as of the last day of the Due Period ending on or immediately
before the Conversion Date, to (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due Period ending after the Conversion Date. Such allocation of collections relating to Principal Receivables for
such Due Period will be paid to the purchaser of the Amortizing Undivided Interest in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the amount of such allocation, and (B) the amount necessary to reduce the principal amount of such Amortizing
Undivided Interest to zero (after giving effect to any allocations of Defaulted Amount to such Undivided Interest for such Due Period pursuant to clause (h)(ii)), and any excess allocation will be treated as Principal Collections pursuant to
Sections 502(b) and (c). 
 (g) In the case of each Undivided Interest, with respect to each Due Period, a pro rata amount of collections
relating to Finance Charge Receivables will be allocated to such Undivided Interest based on the ratio of (i) the principal balance (as determined below) of such Undivided Interest as of the last day of such Due Period, to (ii) the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due Period. Such allocation of collections relating to Finance Charge Receivables for such Due Period will be paid to the purchaser of the Undivided Interest.

 (h) The principal balance of each Undivided Interest as of the end of any Due Period will be equal to: 

(i) the initial amount of Principal Receivables comprising such Undivided Interest, 

less 
 (ii) the cumulative
amount, computed for each Due Period ended since the sale of such Undivided Interest, of an amount equal to the product of: 
  

					
	the Defaulted Amount for such Due Period	  	×	  	 the principal balance of such Undivided Interest as of the last day of the immediately
preceding Due Period (or in the case of the Due Period in which such Undivided Interest is sold, the initial principal balance of such Undivided Interest)

		  		  	the aggregate amount of all Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due Period

 less 

(iii) the amount of collections with respect to Principal Receivables previously paid to the purchaser of such Undivided
Interest pursuant to clause (f). 

  
 77 

 (i) Sales proceeds received with respect to a tranche of RSP Notes received pursuant to clause
(c) will be allocated in the following priority: 
 (i) first, to be deposited in the Principal Funding
sub-Account for that tranche of Notes, an amount up to the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount immediately before giving effect to such deposit; and 

(ii) second, to be deposited in the Interest Funding sub-Account of that tranche of Notes, the balance of such sales
proceeds. 
 (j) Any amount remaining on deposit in the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of RSP Notes after final payment thereof
pursuant to Section 521, will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 
 SECTION 524. Netting
of Deposits and Payments. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may make all deposits to Interest Funding sub-Account and Principal Funding sub-Account pursuant to Sections 503 and 508 with respect to any Due Period net of, and after giving
effect to, (a) all reallocations to be made pursuant to Section 502(a), (b) all payments to be made to Derivative Counterparties pursuant to Sections 507 and 511, and (c) all reinvestments in the Collateral Certificate to be made
pursuant to Section 520. 
 SECTION 525. Pro Rata Payments within a Tranche. All payments of principal, interest or other
amounts to Holders of the Notes of a single tranche will be made pro rata based on the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of their Notes. 

SECTION 526. Allocations of Reductions from Investor Charge-Offs to the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Amount
of Subordinated Classes. On each date when there is a computation of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.03(a) of the Series 2000 Supplement, that reduction will be allocated (and reallocated) on that date to each tranche of
Notes as set forth in this Section. 
 (a) Initially, the amount of all such reductions in the Invested Amount of the
Collateral Certificate will be allocated to each tranche of Outstanding Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) pro rata based on the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche. 

(b) Immediately afterwards, the amount of Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of a
series will be reallocated to the Class C Notes of that series (including RSP Notes) as set forth in clause (c), and the amount of Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Class A Notes and not reallocated to the Class C Notes of that series will
be reallocated to the Class B Notes of that series (including RSP Notes) as set forth in clause (d), subject in each case to the limits of clauses (c) and (d). Any amount of Investor Charge-Offs which cannot be reallocated to a subordinated
class as a result of the limits in clauses (c) and (d) will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of the tranche of Notes to which it was initially allocated pursuant to clause (a). 

  
 78 

 (c) (i) The reallocation in clause (b) of Investor Charge-Offs from any
tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a series to the Class C Notes of that series is subject to the following limits: 

(A) After giving effect to such reallocation from that tranche of Class A Notes and reallocations from Class B Notes of
the same series, that tranche’s Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount will not exceed that tranche’s Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. 

(B) After giving effect to such reallocation from that tranche of Class B Notes and reallocations from Class A Notes of
the same series, that tranche’s Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount will not exceed that tranche’s Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. 

(ii) The amount permitted to be reallocated to tranches of Class C Notes pursuant to this clause (c) will be applied to
each tranche of Class C Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of that tranche of Class C Notes to (B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of all tranches of Class C Notes of that series (in each case computed after giving effect to the allocation to the Class C Notes pursuant to clause (a)). In the case of any tranche of Class A Notes or
Class B Notes that was Outstanding before the date of any reimbursement of any reduction in the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 527, for
purposes of applying amounts initially allocated to that tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes, the ratio set forth in clauses (ii)(A) and (ii)(B) of this clause will be determined without regard to that reimbursement. 

(iii) No such reallocation will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any
tranche of Class C Notes below zero. 
 (d) (i) The reallocation in clause (b) of Investor Charge-Offs from any
tranche of Class A Notes of a series to the Class B Notes of that series is subject to the limit that after giving effect to such reallocation from that tranche of Class A Notes, that tranche’s Class A Usage of Class B Required
Subordinated Amount will not exceed that tranche’s Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes. 
 (ii)
The amount permitted to be reallocated to tranches of Class B Notes pursuant to this clause (d) will be applied to each tranche of Class B Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of that tranche of Class B Notes to (B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of all tranches of Class B Notes of that series (in each case computed after
giving effect to the allocation to the Class C Notes and Class B Notes pursuant to clause (a) and the reallocation pursuant to the Class C Notes pursuant to clause (c)). In the case of any tranche of Class A Notes that was Outstanding
before the date of any reimbursement of any reduction in the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 527, for purposes of applying amounts
initially allocated to that tranche of Class A Notes, the ratio set forth in clauses (ii)(A) and (ii)(B) of this clause will be determined without regard to that reimbursement. 

  
 79 

 (iii) No such reallocation will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes below zero. 
 (e) (i) In the case of each
tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each such tranche will be reduced by an amount equal to the Investor Charge-Offs which are allocated or reallocated to that tranche of Notes, and increased by
the amount of Investor Charge-Offs that are reallocated from that tranche of Notes to Notes of a subordinated class of Notes of that series. 

(ii) In the case of a tranche of RSP Notes, an amount equal to the Investor Charge-Offs which are reallocated to that tranche
of Notes will be withdrawn from the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche and paid to the Master Trust for application pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(ii) of the Series 2000 Supplement. 

SECTION 527. Allocations of Reimbursements of Reductions in the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds
Deposit Deficits. If, as of the end of any Due Period, 
 (1) there are Allocable
Miscellaneous Payments available pursuant to Section 4.03(b) of the Series 2000 Supplement or Investor Finance Charge Collections available pursuant to Sections 4.02(a)(ii)(C) and 4.03(c) of the Series 2000 Supplement to reimburse (A) any
Invested Amount Deficit or (B) any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits as of the last day of that Due Period, or 

(2) there are Finance Charge Collections available pursuant to Section 501(c) to reimburse (A) any Nominal
Liquidation Amount Deficits or (B) any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits as of the end of that Due Period remaining after giving effect to reimbursements pursuant to clause (1), 

such funds will be allocated to each tranche of Notes as follows: 

(a) first, to each tranche of Class A Notes of each series pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation
Amount Deficit thereof (or in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit thereof) to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits of all tranches of
Class A Notes of that series, but 
 (i) with respect to tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, in no event will the
Nominal Liquidation Amount of such a tranche of Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, 

(ii) with respect to tranches of RSP Notes, in no event will the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such a tranche of
Notes be increased above the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds of that tranche less the aggregate amount of any withdrawals of Receivables Sales Proceeds made pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c), 

  
 80 

 and any allocation that would otherwise so increase the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such tranche above such amount will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class A Notes of such series to the extent possible under this clause (a) and then pursuant to clause (b), 

(b) second, to each tranche of Class B Notes of each series pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation
Amount Deficit thereof (or in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit thereof) to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits of all tranches of Class B
Notes of that series, but 
 (i) with respect to tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, in no event will the Nominal
Liquidation Amount of such a tranche of Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, 

(ii) with respect to tranches of RSP Notes, in no event will the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such a tranche of
Notes be increased above the initial amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds of that tranche less the aggregate amount of any withdrawals of Receivables Sales Proceeds made pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c), 

and any allocation that would otherwise so increase the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such tranche
above such amount will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class B Notes of such series to the extent possible under this clause (b) and then pursuant to clause (c), and 

(c) third, to each tranche of Class C Notes of each series pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount
Deficit thereof (or in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit thereof) to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits of all tranches of Class C Notes of
that series, but 
 (i) with respect to tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, in no event will the Nominal Liquidation
Amount of such a tranche of Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, 

(ii) with respect to tranches of RSP Notes, in no event will the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such a tranche of
Notes be increased above the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds of that tranche less the aggregate amount of any withdrawals of Receivables Sales Proceeds made pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c), 

and any allocation that would otherwise so increase the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such tranche
above such amount will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class C Notes of such series to the extent possible under this clause (c), and any unallocated amount will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2).

  
 81 

 (d) Effect will be given to allocations in the following priority
(i) first, to allocations of Allocable Miscellaneous Payments pursuant to Section 4.03(b) of the Series 2000 Supplement, (ii) second, to allocations of Investor Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Sections
4.02(a)(ii)(C) and 4.03(c) of the Series 2000 Supplement, and (iii) third, to allocations of Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(c). 

(e) With respect to allocations of Allocable Miscellaneous Payments pursuant to Section 4.03(b) of the Series 2000
Supplement and allocations of Investor Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Sections 4.02(a)(ii)(C) and 4.03(c) of the Series 2000 Supplement, 

(i) in the case of tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, the aggregate amount of such funds allocated to those tranches
will be retained by the Master Trust to increase the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i) of the Series 2000 Supplement; and 

(ii) in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the funds allocable to each such tranche will be deposited into the Principal
Funding sub-Account for that tranche pursuant to Section 509(d). 
 (f) With respect to allocations of Finance Charge
Collections pursuant to Section 501(c), 
 (i) in the case of tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, the aggregate
amount of such funds allocated to those tranches will be paid to the Master Trust to increase the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(d) of the Series 2000 Supplement, and 

(ii) in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the funds allocable to each such tranche will be deposited into the Principal
Funding sub-Account for that tranche. 
 (g) Any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts on deposit in the Interest
Funding sub-Account of any tranche of RSP Notes will be withdrawn from such Interest Funding sub-Account on each applicable Interest Payment Date (after giving to any payment of interest on that tranche on that date), and deposited into the
applicable Principal Funding Account in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds on deposit in that Interest Funding sub-Account, and (ii) the amount of any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit of
that tranche. 
 SECTION 528. Order of Giving Effect to Reductions and Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation Amount. If on any
date the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of Notes is to be reduced or increased pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (b)(v) and/or (b)(vi) of the definition of Nominal Liquidation Amount, such reductions and reimbursements will be allocated to the
Notes of that tranche in the following order: 
 (a) first, reductions pursuant to clause (b)(vi) (reductions from
allocations of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526); 
 (b) second, reductions pursuant to clause (b)(v)
(reallocations of Principal Collections pursuant to Section 502(a)); and 

  
 82 

 (c) third, reimbursements pursuant to clause (b)(iv) (reimbursements of
earlier reductions with Finance Charge Collections). 
 ARTICLE VI 

Satisfaction and Discharge; Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer or the Banks 

SECTION 601. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture will cease to be of further effect with respect to any
series, class or tranche of Notes (except as to any surviving rights of transfer or exchange of Notes of that series, class or tranche expressly provided for herein or in the form of Note for that series, class or tranche), and the Trustee, on
demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to that series, class or tranche, when: 

(a) all Notes of that series, class or tranche theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes of that
series, class or tranche which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes of that series, class or tranche for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in
trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from that trust, as provided in Section 1103) have been delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancellation; 

(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder (including payments to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 807) by the Issuer with respect to the Notes of that series, class or tranche; and 
 (c) the Issuer has
delivered to the Trustee an Issuer Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes of that series, class or
tranche have been complied with. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes,
the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee with respect to that series, class or tranche under Section 807 will survive and the obligations of the Trustee under Sections 602 and 1103 will survive. 

SECTION 602. Application of Trust Money. All money and obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 601 or
Section 603 and all money received by the Trustee in respect of such obligations will be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the series, class or tranche of Notes in respect of which it was deposited and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for whose payment that money
and obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee; but that money and obligations need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

SECTION 603. Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer or the Banks. If the Issuer, the Banks or any of their Affiliates holds
any Notes, that Holder may, subject to Section 515 and 516, by notice from that Holder to the Trustee cause the Note to be canceled, whereupon (a) the Note will no longer be Outstanding, and (b) the Issuer will cause the Invested
Amount of the Collateral Certificate to be reduced by an amount equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of those canceled Notes. 

  
 83 

 ARTICLE VII 

Remedies 
 SECTION
701. Events of Default. “Event of Default”, wherever used herein, means with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether
it will be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless such event is either inapplicable
to a particular series, class or tranche or it is specifically deleted or modified in the applicable terms document creating such series, class or tranche of Notes or in the form of Note for such series, class or tranche: 

(a) with respect to any tranche of Notes, a default in the payment by the Issuer of any interest upon such Notes when such
Notes become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of five Business Days; 
 (b) with respect to any
tranche of Notes, a default in the payment by the Issuer of the principal amount of such Notes at its Legal Maturity Date; 

(c) a default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Issuer in this Indenture in respect of the
Notes of such series, class or tranche (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Notes of such series, class or tranche a default in the performance of which or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with),
all of such covenants and warranties in this Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular series, class or tranche of Notes being deemed to be in respect of the Notes of all series, classes or tranches for this
purpose, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 10% in Outstanding
Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of such series, class or tranche, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

 (d) the entry of an order for relief against the Issuer under the Federal Bankruptcy Code by a court having jurisdiction
in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Issuer a bankrupt or insolvent under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a
petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Issuer under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Issuer or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60
consecutive days; 

  
 84 

 (e) the consent by the Issuer to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency
proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition
or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Issuer or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the
admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of action by the Issuer in furtherance of any such action; or 

(f) with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, any additional Event of Default specified in the terms document for
such series, class or tranche as applying to such series, class or tranche, or specified in the form of Note for such series, class or tranche. 

SECTION 702. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. (a) If an Event of Default described in clause (a), (b),
(c) or (f) (if the Event of Default under clause (c) or (f) is with respect to less than all series, classes or tranches of Notes then Outstanding) of Section 701 occurs and is continuing with respect to any series, class or
tranche, then in each such case, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series, class or tranche will have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 50% in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
of the Notes of such series, class or tranche then Outstanding hereunder (each such series, class or tranche acting as a separate class), by notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount of all the Notes of such series, class or tranche then Outstanding and all interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid (if any) thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same will become and
will be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes of such series, class or tranche to the contrary notwithstanding. 

(b) If an Event of Default described in clause (c) or (f) (if the Event of Default under clause (c) or (f) is with respect
to all series, classes or tranches of Notes then Outstanding) of Section 701 occurs and is continuing, then in each such case, unless the principal of all the Notes will have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of
not less than 50% in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all the Notes then Outstanding hereunder (treated as one class), by notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount of all the Notes then Outstanding and all interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid (if any) thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same will become and will be immediately due and
payable, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary. Such payments are subject to Article V. 
 (c) If an
Event of Default described in clause (d) or (e) of Section 701 occurs and is continuing, then the Notes will automatically be and become immediately due and payable by the Issuer, without notice, or demand to any Person and the Issuer
will automatically and immediately be obligated to pay off the Notes. 
 At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made
with respect to the Notes of any series, class or tranche and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Majority Holders

  
 85 

 
of such series, class or tranche, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if: 

(a) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay 

(i) all overdue installments of interest on the Notes of such series, class or tranche, 

(ii) the principal of any Notes of such series, class or tranche which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of
acceleration, and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Notes of such series, class or tranche, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, 

(iii) interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Notes of such
series, class or tranche to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, and 
 (iv) all sums paid by the Trustee
hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 807; 

and 
 (b) all Events of Default
with respect to such series, class or tranche of Notes, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes of such series, class or tranche which has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in
Section 716. 
 No such rescission will affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

SECTION 703. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. The Issuer covenants that
if: 
 (a) the Issuer defaults in the payment of any installment of interest on any series, class or tranche of
Notes when such interest becomes due and payable, or 
 (b) the Issuer defaults in the payment of the principal of any
series, class or tranche of Notes at the Legal Maturity Date thereof, 
 and any such default continues for any period of grace provided with respect to
such series, class or tranche of Notes, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of any such Notes the whole amount then due and payable on any such Notes for principal and interest (subject to Article
V), with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest will be legally enforceable, upon the overdue principal and upon overdue installments of interest, (i) in the case of Interest-bearing Notes, at the rate of interest applicable to
the stated principal amount thereof, unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document; and (ii) in the case of Discount Notes, as specified in the applicable terms document; 

  
 86 

 and in addition thereto, such further amount as will be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 807. 

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may
institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes of such series, class or
tranche and collect the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the Collateral or any other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated. 

SECTION 704. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of
whether the principal of the Notes will then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee will have made any demand on the Issuer for the payment of overdue principal or interest)
will be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, 
 (i) to file and prove a claim for the
whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary and advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 807) and of the Noteholders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and 

(ii) to collect and receive any funds or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Noteholder to make such payment to the Trustee and in the event that the Trustee will consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 807. 
 Nothing
herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder
thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding. 
 SECTION 705. Trustee
May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes of any series, class or tranche may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes of
such series, class or tranche or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee will be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment will, after
provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes of the series, class or tranche in respect of which such
judgment has been recovered. 

  
 87 

 SECTION 706. Application of Money Collected. Any money or other property collected
by the Trustee with respect to a series, class or tranche of Notes pursuant to this Article will be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or
interest, upon presentation of the Notes of such series, class or tranche and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 

(a) first, to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 807. 

(b) second, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes of that series, class or tranche for
principal and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind (but subject to the allocation provided in Article V), according to the amounts due and
payable on such Notes for principal and interest, respectively. 
 SECTION 707. Trustee May Elect to Hold the Collateral Certificate.
Following an acceleration of any tranche of Notes, the Trustee may elect to continue to hold the Collateral Certificate and apply distributions on the Collateral Certificate in accordance with the regular distribution provisions pursuant to
Article V of this Indenture, except that principal will be paid on the accelerated tranche of Notes to the extent funds are received from the Master Trust and allocated to the accelerated tranche, and payment is permitted by the subordination
provisions of the accelerated tranche. 
 SECTION 708. Sale of Receivables for Accelerated Notes. In the case of a tranche of
Notes that has been accelerated following an Event of Default, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Majority Holders of that tranche of Notes will, cause the Master Trust to sell Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge
Receivables (or interests therein) as provided in Section 523. 
 SECTION 709. Noteholders Have the Right to Direct the Time,
Method and Place of Conducting Any Proceeding for Any Remedy Available to the Trustee. The Majority Holders of any accelerated tranche of Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. This right may be exercised only if the direction provided by the Noteholders does not conflict with applicable law or this Indenture or has a substantial
likelihood of involving the Trustee in personal liability. 
 SECTION 710. Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Note of any
series, class or tranche will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 

(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to Notes of
such series, class or tranche; 
 (b) the Holders of not less than 25% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the
Outstanding Notes of such series, class or tranche have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder; 

  
 88 

 (c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity
against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; 
 (d) the Trustee for 60 days
after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and 
 (e) no
direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Majority Holders of such series, class or tranche; 

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche will have any right in any manner whatever by virtue
of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other such Holders or
to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and proportionate benefit of all the Holders of all Notes of such series, class or tranche. 

SECTION 711. Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest; Limited Recourse. Notwithstanding any other
provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note will have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Note on the Legal Maturity Date expressed in such Note and to institute suit
for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right will not be impaired without the consent of such Holder; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture to the contrary, the obligation to pay
principal of or interest on the Notes or any other amount payable to any Noteholder will be without recourse to the Issuer, the Banks, the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee or any affiliate, officer, employee or director of any of them, and the obligation
of the Issuer to pay principal of or interest on the Notes or any other amount payable to any Noteholder will be subject to Article V. 

SECTION 712. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Noteholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any
right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Noteholders will, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Noteholders will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 

SECTION 713. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the
Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy will, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 

SECTION 714. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any
right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an 

  
 89 

 
acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by
the Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be. 
 SECTION 715. Control by Noteholders. The Majority Holders of any
series, class or tranche will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes of such
series, class or tranche, provided that: 
 (a) the Trustee will have the right to decline to follow any such
direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or would conflict with this Indenture or if the Trustee in good faith will, by a Trustee Authorized Officer, determine that the
proceedings so directed would involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction, and 

(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 

SECTION 716. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Majority Holders of any series, class or tranche may on behalf of the Holders of all
the Notes of such series, class or tranche waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series, class or tranche and its consequences, except a default not theretofore cured: 

(a) in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note of such series, class or tranche, or 

(b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article X cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the
Holder of each Outstanding Note of such series, class or tranche. 
 Upon any such waiver, such default will cease to exist, and any Event
of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

SECTION 717. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by his acceptance thereof
will be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing
by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section will not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Noteholder or group of Noteholders,
holding in the aggregate more than 10% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of any series, class or tranche to which the suit relates, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholders for the enforcement of the payment of the
principal of or interest on any Note on or after the applicable Legal Maturity Date expressed in such Note. 

  
 90 

 SECTION 718. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may
affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

ARTICLE VIII 

The Trustee 

SECTION 801. Certain Duties and Responsibilities. (a) The Trustee undertakes to perform any duties and only such duties as
are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Notes of any series, class or tranche of Notes, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. 

(b) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Notes of any series, class or tranche, conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions
which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

(c) In case an Event of Default with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will
exercise with respect to the Notes of such series, class or tranche such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a fiduciary would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (d) No provision of this Indenture will be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 

(i) this clause will not be construed to limit the effect of clause (a) of this Section; 

(ii) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trustee Authorized Officer, unless it
will be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (iii) the Trustee will not be liable
with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Majority Holders of any series, class or tranche relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of such series, class or tranche; and 

  
 91 

 (iv) no provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk
its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it will have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (e) Whether or not therein expressly so
provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee will be subject to the provisions of this Section. 

SECTION 802. Notice of Defaults. Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to Notes of any
series, class or tranche, 
 (a) the Trustee will transmit by mail to all Noteholders of such series, class or tranche, as
their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, 
 (b)
[RESERVED] and 
 (c) the Trustee will give prompt written notification thereof to the Rating Agencies, 

unless such default will have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or
interest on any Note of such series, class or tranche, the Trustee will be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Trustee Authorized Officers in
good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Noteholders of such series, class or tranche; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 701(c) with
respect to Notes of such series, class or tranche no such notice to Noteholders of such series, class or tranche will be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default”,
with respect to Notes of any series, class or tranche, means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Notes of such series, class or tranche. 

SECTION 803. Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 801: 

(a) the Trustee may rely and will be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; 

(b) any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein will be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Certificate; 

(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee will deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established
before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Issuer Certificate; 

  
 92 

 (d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel
or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; 

(e) the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Noteholders will have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction; 
 (f) the Trustee will not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee will determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or
attorney; 
 (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either
directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee will not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; and 

(h) the Trustee will not be responsible for filing any financing statements or continuation statements in connection with the
Notes, but will cooperate with the Issuer in connection with the filing of such financing statements or continuation statements. 
 SECTION
804. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the certificates of authentication, will be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility
for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee will not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof. 

SECTION 805. May Hold Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 808 and 813, may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other
agent. 
 SECTION 806. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other
funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee will be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Issuer. 

SECTION 807. Compensation and Reimbursement, Limit on Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnity. (a) The Issuer agrees,
solely with funds available pursuant to Section 501(a), 

  
 93 

 (i) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all
services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation will not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); 

(ii) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement
or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and 
 (iii) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it
harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against
any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. 
 As security for the performance of the
obligations of the Issuer under this Section, the Issuer and the Noteholders agree that the Trustee will have a lien prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such pursuant to Section 501 or 502, except
funds held in the Accounts. 
 (b) The aggregate amount that the Issuer will pay with respect to any of the amounts payable to or for the
benefit of the Trustee pursuant to this Section or otherwise will in no event be greater than the lesser of (i) $400,000 per month, and (ii) 0.05% of the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Outstanding Notes as of the end of the
preceding Due Period. The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, will have no recourse to any asset of the Issuer other than funds available pursuant to Section 501(a) or to any Person other than the Issuer. 

(c) This Section will survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or replacement of the Trustee under Section 810. 

SECTION 808. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests. If the Trustee has or will acquire a conflicting interest within the
meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee will, if so required by the Trust Indenture Act, either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and
this Indenture. Nothing herein will prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. 

SECTION 809. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to each
series, class or tranche of Notes, which will be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority, and having a rating of at least BBB- by Standard & Poor’s. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation will be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set
forth in its most recent report of condition so published. The Issuer may not, nor may any Person directly or 

  
 94 

 
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Issuer, serve as Trustee. If at any time the Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes will cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it will resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 

SECTION 810. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no
appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article will become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 811. 

(b) The Trustee may resign with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer.
If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee will not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (c) The Trustee may be removed with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes at any time by
Act of the Majority Holders of that series, class or tranche, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer. 
 (d) If at any time: 

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any series, class or
tranche of Notes after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note of that series, class or tranche for at least 6 months, or 

(ii) the Trustee ceases to be eligible under Section 809 with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes and fails
to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any such Noteholder, or 
 (iii) the Trustee becomes incapable
of acting with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, or 
 (iv) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent
or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property is appointed or any public officer takes charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, 

then, in any such case, (A) the Issuer may remove the Trustee, with respect to the series, class or tranche, or in the case of clause (iv), with respect
to all series, classes or tranches, or (B) subject to Section 717, any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note of such series, class or tranche for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated,
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the series, class or tranche, or, in the case of clause (iv), with respect to all series, classes or tranches.

 (e) If the Trustee resigns, is removed or becomes incapable of acting with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, or if a
vacancy will occur in the office of the Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes for any cause, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor 

  
 95 

 
Trustee for that series, class or tranche of Notes. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to such
series, class or tranche of Notes is appointed by Act of the Majority Holders of such series, class or tranche delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed will, forthwith upon its acceptance of such
appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to such series, class or tranche and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer with respect to such series, class or tranche. If no successor Trustee with respect to such series,
class or tranche will have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Noteholders of such series, class or tranche and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note of that series,
class or tranche for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series, class or tranche. 

(f) The Issuer will give written notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche and
each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche to each Noteholder as provided in Section 106 and to each Rating Agency. Each notice will include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its
principal Corporate Trust Office. 
 SECTION 811. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. Every successor Trustee appointed
hereunder will execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, with a copy to the Rating Agencies, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee will
become effective with respect to any series, class or tranche as to which it is resigning or being removed as Trustee, and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, will become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts
and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to any such series, class or tranche; but, on request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such predecessor Trustee will, upon payment of its reasonable charges, if any, execute and deliver an
instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the predecessor Trustee, and will duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such predecessor Trustee hereunder
with respect to all or any such series, class or tranche, subject nevertheless to its lien, if any, provided for in Section 807. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer will execute any and all instruments for more fully and
certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts. 
 In case of the appointment hereunder of
a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of one or more (but not all) series, classes or tranches, the Issuer, the predecessor Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of any applicable series, class or tranche will execute
and deliver a supplemental indenture which will contain such provisions as will be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to the Notes of any series, class or
tranche as to which the predecessor Trustee is not being succeeded will continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and will add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the
administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture will constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee will be Trustee of a
trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee. 

  
 96 

 No successor Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes will accept its
appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee will be qualified and eligible with respect to that series, class or tranche under this Article. 

SECTION 812. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged
or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee will be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Trustee, will be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation will be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the
parties hereto. The Issuer will give prompt written notice of such merger, conversion, consolidation or succession to the Rating Agencies. In case any Notes will have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any
successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. 

SECTION 813. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. If and when the Trustee will be or become a creditor of the
Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee will be subject to the provisions of Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed will be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act
to the extent provided therein. 
 SECTION 814. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. At any time when any of the Notes remain
Outstanding the Trustee, with the approval of the Issuer, may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series, classes or tranches of Notes which will be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes
of such series, classes or tranches issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 305, and Notes so authenticated will be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and will be valid and
obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference
will be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent will be acceptable
to the Issuer and will at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as an Authenticating Agent, having a
combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and, if other than the Issuer itself, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent will be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set
forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent will cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent will resign immediately in the manner and with
the effect specified in this Section. The initial Authenticating Agent for the Notes of all series, classes and tranches will be Citibank. 

  
 97 

 Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it
may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent will be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating
Agent, will continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation will be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. 

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent
will cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee, with the approval of the Issuer, may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which will be acceptable to the Issuer and will give notice to each Noteholder as
provided in Section 106. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder will become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an
Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent will be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section. 
 The
Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent (other than an Authenticating Agent appointed at the request of the Issuer from time to time) reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee will be entitled to be
reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 807. 
 If an appointment with respect to one or more series,
classes or tranches is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes of such series, classes or tranches may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the
following form: 
 This is one of the Notes of the series, classes or tranches designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF INDENTURE TRUSTEE], as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	As Authenticating Agent
		
	By:	 	  

	Authorized Signatory

  
 98 

 SECTION 815. Tax Returns. (a) In the event the Issuer shall be required to file tax
returns, the Beneficiary and the Servicer shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared such tax returns and shall provide such tax returns to the Issuer Trustee or the Beneficiary for signature at least five (5) days before such tax returns are
due to be filed. The Issuer, in accordance with the terms of each Indenture Supplement, shall also prepare or shall cause to be prepared all tax information required by law to be distributed to Noteholders and shall deliver such information to
the Trustee at least five (5) days prior to the date it is required by law to be distributed to Noteholders. The Trustee, upon written request, will furnish the Beneficiary and the Servicer with all such information known to the Trustee as
may be reasonably requested and required in connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the Issuer, and shall, upon request, execute such returns. In no event shall the Trustee or the Issuer Trustee be personally liable for any
liabilities, costs or expenses of the Issuer or any Noteholder arising under any tax law, including without limitation, federal, state or local income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalty with
respect thereto arising from a failure to comply therewith). 
 (b) In the event that the Issuer is classified as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, beginning with the first taxable year that Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code (as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act, P.L.                  ) apply
to the Issuer, the Seller (or an Affiliate of the Seller that is a United States person (within the meaning of the Code) if the Seller is ineligible) is hereby designated as the partnership representative under Section 6223(a) of the Code
to the extent allowed by law. The Issuer shall, to the extent eligible, make the election under Section 6221(b) of the Code with respect to determinations of adjustments at the partnership level and take any other action such as filings,
disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. If the election described in the preceding sentence is not available, the Issuer shall, to the extent eligible, make the election under Section 6226(a) of the Code with
respect to the alternative to payment of imputed underpayments by a partnership and take any other action such as filings, disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Issuer, the
Seller and the Servicer are authorized, in its sole discretion, to make any available election related to Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code and to take any action it deems necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of the Code and
conduct the Issuer’s affairs under Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code. 

  
 99 

 ARTICLE IX 

Noteholders’ Meetings, Lists, Reports by Trustee, 

Issuer and Managing Beneficiary 

SECTION 901. Issuer To Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to
the Trustee: 
 (a) semi-annually, not more than 15 days after each Record Date, in each year in such form as the Trustee may
reasonably require, a list of the names and addresses of the Noteholders of such series, classes or tranches as of such date, and 

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Issuer of any such
request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days before the time such list is furnished, excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. 

SECTION 902. Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders. (a) The Trustee will preserve, in as current a
form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Noteholders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 901 and the names and addresses of Noteholders received by the Trustee in its capacity
as Note Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 901 upon receipt of a new list so furnished. 

(b) If three or more Holders of Notes of any series, class or tranche (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”) apply in
writing to the Trustee, and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Note of such series, class or tranche for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states
that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche or with the Holders of all Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Notes and is accompanied by a copy of the form of
proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee will, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either 

(i) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 902(a), or 
 (ii) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of Notes of such series, class
or tranche or all Notes, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 902(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Noteholders the form of
proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application. 
 If the Trustee will elect not to afford such applicants access to
such information, the Trustee will, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Holder of a Note of such series, class or tranche or to all Noteholders, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved
at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 902(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such 

  
 100 

 
request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless, within
five days after such tender, the Trustee will mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be
contrary to the best interests of the Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche or all Noteholders, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement will specify the basis of such opinion. If the
Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, will enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections,
the Commission will find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and will enter an order so declaring, the Trustee will mail copies of such material to all Noteholders of such series, class or
tranche or all Noteholders, as the case may be, with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee will be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their
application. 
 (c) Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuer and the Trustee that neither the Issuer
nor the Trustee will be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in accordance with Section 902(b), regardless of the source from which such information was
derived, and that the Trustee will not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 902(b). 

SECTION 903. Reports by Trustee. (a) The term “reporting date” as used in this Section means
September 30. Within 60 days after the reporting date in each year, beginning in 2001, the Trustee will transmit to Noteholders, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, a brief report dated as
of such reporting date if required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. 
 (b) To the extent required by the Trust Indenture
Act, the Trustee will mail each year to all Noteholders, with a copy to the Rating Agencies a report concerning: 
 (i) its
eligibility and qualifications to continue as trustee under this Indenture; 
 (ii) any amounts advanced by the Trustee under
this Indenture; 
 (iii) the amount, interest rate and maturity date or indebtedness owing by the Issuer to the Trustee in
the Trustee’s individual capacity; 
 (iv) the property and funds physically held by the Trustee as Trustee; 

(v) any release or release and substitution of Collateral subject to the lien of this Indenture which has not previously been
reported; and 
 (vi) any action taken by the Trustee that materially affects the Notes and that has not previously been
reported. 
 (c) The Trustee will comply with Sections 313(b) and 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 101 

 (d) A copy of each such report will, at the time of such transmission to Noteholders, be filed by
the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Notes are listed, and also with the Commission. The Issuer will notify the Trustee when the Notes are admitted to trading on any national securities exchange. 

SECTION 904. Meetings of Noteholders; Amendments and Waivers. (a) The Trustee may call a meeting of the Noteholders of a
series, class or tranche at any time. The Trustee will call a meeting upon request of the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of such series, class or tranche. In any case,
a meeting will be called after notice is given to the Noteholders pursuant to Section 106. 
 (b) Except for any consent that must be
given by the Holders of each Outstanding Note affected or any action to be taken by the Issuer as holder of the Collateral Certificate, any resolution presented at any meeting at which a quorum is present may be adopted by the affirmative vote of
the Majority Holders of that series, class or tranche, as the case may be. For any vote, request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by the Series 2000 Supplement to be given or taken by the holder of
the Collateral Certificate, any resolution presented at any meeting at which the Majority Holders of all Outstanding Notes is present may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Majority Holders of all Outstanding Notes. However, any resolution
with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Outstanding Notes of
a series, class or tranche or all Notes may be adopted at any meeting at which a quorum is present only by the affirmative vote of the Holders of not less than the specified percentage in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the
Outstanding Notes of that series, class or tranche or all Notes, as the case may be. Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Noteholders duly held in accordance with this Indenture will be binding on all Noteholders of the affected
series, class or tranche. 
 (c) The quorum at any meeting will be persons holding or representing the Majority Holders of a series, class
or tranche or all Notes, as the case may be; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at that meeting concerning a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that may be given by the
Holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of a series, class or tranche or all Notes, as applicable, the persons holding or representing such specified percentage in
aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of such series, class or tranche or all Notes will constitute a quorum. 

(d) (i) The ownership of Notes will be proved by the Note Register. (ii) [RESERVED]. 

(e) The Issuer may make reasonable rules for other matters relating to action by or a meeting of Noteholders not otherwise covered by this
Section. 

  
 102 

 SECTION 905. Reports by Issuer to the Commission. The Issuer will: 

(a) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the
annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file with the
Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act; or, if the Issuer is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then it will file with the Trustee and the
Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities
Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations; 

(b) file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the
Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and 

(c) transmit by mail to all Noteholders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, within 30 days after the
filing thereof with the Trustee, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from
time to time by the Commission. 
 SECTION 906. Reports by Trustee. The Trustee will report to the Issuer with respect to the
amount on deposit in the Accounts, and the identity of the investments included therein, as the Issuer may from time to time reasonably request which, absent the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, will not occur more often than monthly.

 SECTION 907. Monthly Issuer’s Report. Each month, the Issuer will prepare, in cooperation with the Servicer of the
Master Trust, and deliver to the Trustee an Issuer’s Report, with a copy to the Rating Agencies. 
 SECTION 908. Payment Request
to Master Trust. From time to time, the Issuer will deliver a Payment Request to the Master Trust as necessary to request the payments required or targeted to be made hereunder. 

SECTION 909. Monthly Computation Statement. (a) Promptly after the receipt by the Issuer of each Monthly Performance
Statement under the Series 2000 Supplement, the Issuer, in cooperation with the Servicer of the Master Trust, will compute the information required by a Monthly Computation Statement with respect to the applicable Due Period. With respect to any Due
Period when either the Servicer of the Master Trust or the Managing Beneficiary is not an Affiliate of a Seller, the Issuer will deliver a copy of a completed Monthly Computation Statement for that Due Period to the Trustee. 

  
 103 

 (b) From time to time, the Issuer will notify the Servicer under the Series 2000 Supplement of
the information necessary to be provided by the Issuer under Section 5.01 of the Series 2000 Supplement to calculate the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate and the Series 2000 Adjusted Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate.

 ARTICLE X 

Supplemental Indentures; Amendments to the Pooling and 

Servicing Agreement and Amendments to the Trust Agreement 

SECTION 1001. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders. Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the
Issuer and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may amend this Indenture or enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes: 

(a) to evidence the succession of another Entity to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of
the Issuer herein and in the Notes; or 
 (b) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, or to surrender any right or power
herein conferred upon the Issuer, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes of any or all series, classes or tranches (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to be for the benefit of less than all series, classes or
tranches of Notes, stating that such covenants are expressly being included or such surrenders are expressly being made solely for the benefit of one or more specified series, classes or tranches); or 

(c) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision
herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; or 
 (d) to add
to this Indenture such provisions as may be expressly permitted by the TIA, excluding, however, the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the TIA as in effect at the date as of which this Indenture was executed or any corresponding
provision in any similar federal statute hereafter enacted; or 
 (e) to establish any form of Note, as provided in Article
II, and to provide for the issuance of any series, class or tranche of Notes as provided in Article III and to set forth the terms thereof, and/or to add to the rights of the Holders of the Notes of any series, class or tranche; or 

(f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by another corporation as a successor Trustee hereunder with
respect to one or more series, classes or tranches of Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee,
pursuant to Section 811; or 

  
 104 

 (g) to add any additional Early Redemption Events or Events of Default in respect
of the Notes of any or all series, classes or tranches (and if such additional Events of Default are to be in respect of less than all series, classes or tranches of Notes, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for
the benefit of one or more specified series, classes or tranches); or 
 (h) to provide for the consolidation of the Master
Trust and the Issuer into a single Entity after the termination of all series of Investor Certificates (other than the Collateral Certificate); or 

(i) if one or more Additional Sellers under (and as defined in) the Pooling and Servicing Agreement are added to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, or one or more additional Beneficiaries under the Trust Agreement are added to the Trust Agreement, to make any necessary changes to the Indenture or any other related document; or 

(j) as set forth in Section 312(b); or 

(k) to make any other amendment that could not reasonably be expected to have an Adverse Effect. 

No amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture for the purposes identified in clauses (a), (b) or (c) may be entered into
if to do so would adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of Notes of any series, class or tranche. Except for supplemental indentures entered into for purposes identified in clause (e), no supplemental indenture under
this Section may be entered into except upon delivery of a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax Opinion and with written confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency that there will be no Ratings Effect. 

The Issuer may, without consent of the Noteholders, merge with the Master Trust upon (i) written notice to the Trustee and each Rating
Agency, (ii) delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Issuer Certificate to the effect that the Issuer reasonably believes that such merger will not have an Adverse Effect and is not reasonably expected to have an Adverse Effect at any time
in the future and (iii) delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies of a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax Opinion. 

SECTION 1002. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders. With written confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency
that there will be no Ratings Effect and the consent of the Majority Holders of the Outstanding Notes of each series, class or tranche affected by such amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture or indentures, by Act of said Holders
delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer and the Trustee may enter into an amendment of this Indenture or indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes of each such series, class or tranche under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such amendment or supplemental indenture
will, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby: 
 (a) change the scheduled payment date
of any payment of interest on any Note, or change the Expected Principal Payment Date or Legal Maturity Date of, any Note; 

  
 105 

 (b) reduce the stated principal amount of, or the interest rate on, any Note; or
change the method of computing the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount or the Nominal Liquidation Amount in a manner that is adverse to the Holder of any Note; 

(c) reduce the amount of a Discount Note payable upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event or other optional or
mandatory redemption or upon the acceleration of its Legal Maturity Date; 
 (d) impair the right to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment on any Note; 
 (e) reduce the percentage in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the
Outstanding Notes of any series, class or tranche, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or
certain defaults hereunder and their consequences, provided for in this Indenture; 
 (f) modify any of the provisions of
this Section or Section 718, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby; 

(g) permit the creation of any lien or other encumbrance on the Collateral that secures any tranche of Notes that is prior to
the lien in favor of the Holders of the Notes of such tranche; 
 (h) change any Place of Payment where any principal of, or
interest on, any Note is payable, unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document; 
 (i) change the method of
computing the amount of principal of, or interest on, any Note on any date; or 
 (j) make any other amendment not permitted
by Section 1001. 
 An amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other
provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series, class or tranche of Notes, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche with respect to
such covenant or other provision, will be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Notes of any other series, class or tranche. No amendment or supplemental indenture under this Section may be entered into except upon
delivery of a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax Opinion and with written confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency that there will be no Ratings Effect. 

It will not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
supplemental indenture, but it will be sufficient if such Act will approve the substance thereof. 

  
 106 

 SECTION 1003. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or accepting the
additional trusts created by, any amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive, and (subject to
Section 801) will be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent thereto have been
satisfied. The Trustee may, but will not (except to the extent required in the case of an amendment or supplemental indenture entered into under Section 1001(d) or 1001(f)) be obligated to, enter into any such amendment or supplemental
indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 SECTION 1004. Effect
of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture will be modified in accordance therewith with respect to each series, class or tranche of Notes
affected thereby, or all Notes, as the case may be, and such amendment or supplemental indenture will form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder will be
bound thereby to the extent provided therein. 
 SECTION 1005. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of this
Indenture or supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article will conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect. 

SECTION 1006. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and will if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer will
so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to any such amendment or supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange
for Outstanding Notes. 
 SECTION 1007. Amendments to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Amendments to the Asset Representations
Review Agreement; Treatment of Noteholders and Note Owners. By their acceptance of a Note, the Noteholders acknowledge that the Sellers and the Master Trust Trustee may amend the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any supplement thereto
without the consent of the Holders of any Investor Certificates (including the Issuer) or any Noteholder, so long as such amendment or supplement would not materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Investor Certificates. 

(a) For purposes of any vote or consent under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement: 

(i) that requires the consent or vote of each Investor Certificateholder, each Noteholder will be treated as an Investor
Certificateholder under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; 
 (ii) that requires the consent or vote of any series of
Investor Certificates, each series of Notes will be treated as a series of Investor Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and 

  
 107 

 (iii) that requires the consent or vote of any class of Investor Certificates,
each class of Notes of a Single Issuance Series and each tranche of Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series will be treated as a class of Investor Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

(b) For purposes of subsection 3.10 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, each Note Owner will be treated as a Certificate
Owner (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). 
 (c) By their acceptance of a Note, the Noteholders acknowledge
that the Seller, the Servicer and the Asset Representations Reviewer may amend the Asset Representations Review Agreement, including the content of any Exhibit to the Asset Representations Review Agreement, without the consent of the Holders of any
Investor Certificates (including the Issuer) or any Noteholder; provided, that if such amendment takes effect after the issuance of any tranche of Notes that is registered with the Commission on Form SF-3, such amendment shall not, in the reasonable
belief of the Seller, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holder of any Investor Certificates whose consent has not been obtained (as evidenced by an officer’s certificate of the Seller delivered to the Servicer and
the Master Trust Trustee). 
 For purposes of any vote or consent under the Asset Representations Review Agreement that requires the consent
or vote of Investor Certificateholders, each Noteholder will be treated as an Investor Certificateholder under the Asset Representations Review Agreement. 

SECTION 1008. Amendments to the Trust Agreement. (a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the Issuer Trustee
(at the written direction of the Managing Beneficiary) and the Banks may amend the Trust Agreement so long as such amendment will not adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders in any material respect and the Rating Agencies confirm in
writing that the amendment will not cause a Ratings Effect. 
 (b) With written confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency that there
will be no Ratings Effect and the consent of the Holders of not less than 66 2⁄3% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes affected by
such amendment, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Master Trust Trustee, the Banks and the Issuer Trustee (at the written direction of the Managing Beneficiary) may amend the Trust Agreement for the purpose of adding, changing or eliminating
any provisions of the Trust Agreement or of modifying the rights of those Noteholders. 
 SECTION 1009. Notice. If the Issuer,
as holder of the Collateral Certificate for the benefit of the Noteholders, receives a request for a consent to any amendment, modification, waiver or supplement under this Indenture, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the
Asset Representation Review Agreement or other document contemplated herein, the Issuer will forthwith provide notice of such proposed amendment, modification, waiver or supplement, as provided in Section 106 to (i) each Noteholder that is
entitled to vote on such matter as of the date the Issuer receives the request specified above and (ii) each Rating Agency. The Issuer will request from such Noteholders directions as to (i) whether or not the Issuer should take or refrain
from taking any action which the holder of the Collateral Certificate has the option to direct, (ii) whether or not to give or execute any waivers, consents, amendments, modifications or supplements as a

  
 108 

 
holder of such Collateral Certificate and (iii) how to vote the Collateral Certificate if a vote has been called for with respect thereto; provided, that, in directing any action or
casting any vote or giving any consent as the holder of the Collateral Certificate, the Issuer will vote or consent with respect to such Collateral Certificate the applicable series, class or tranche, as the case may be, in the same proportion as
the Notes were actually voted by Holders thereof as notified by such Noteholders to the Issuer at least two Business Days before the Issuer takes such action or casts such vote or gives such consent. 

ARTICLE XI 

Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Issuer 

SECTION 1101. Payment of Principal and Interest. With respect to each series, class or tranche of Notes, the Issuer will duly
and punctually pay the principal of and interest on such Notes in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and will duly comply with all the other terms, agreements and conditions contained in, or made in this Indenture for the benefit of,
the Notes of such series, class or tranche. 
 SECTION 1102. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain an
office, agency or Paying Agent in each Place of Payment where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and
this Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer will fail to maintain such office or agency or will fail
to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 SECTION 1103. Money for Note Payments to be Held in Trust. The Paying
Agent, on behalf of the Trustee, will make distributions to Noteholders from the Collection Account or other applicable Account pursuant to the provisions of Article V of this Indenture or any supplement thereto and will report the amounts of such
distributions to the Trustee. Any Paying Agent will have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection Account or other applicable Account for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above. The Trustee may revoke such power
and remove the Paying Agent if the Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent has failed to perform its obligations under this Indenture or any supplemental indenture in any material respect. The Paying Agent upon removal will
return all funds in its possession to the Trustee. 
 The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) for any series, class
or tranche of Notes to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent will agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent
will: 
 (a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of or interest on Notes of such series, class or tranche
in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums will be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 

  
 109 

 (b) if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, give the Trustee notice of any
default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes of such series, class or tranche) in the making of any such payment of principal or interest on the Notes of such series, class or tranche; 

(c) if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request
of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; 
 (d) immediately resign as a
Paying Agent and, if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards described in this Section required to be met by a Paying
Agent at the time of its appointment; and 
 (e) comply with all requirements of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to
the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith. 

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series, class or
tranche of Notes or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Certificate direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent in respect of each and every series, class or tranche of Notes as to
which it seeks to discharge this Indenture or, if for any other purpose, all sums so held in trust by the Issuer in respect of all Notes, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer
or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent will be released from all further liability with respect to such money. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest
on any Note of any series, class or tranche and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest has become due and payable will be paid to the Issuer upon request in an Issuer Certificate, or (if then held by the Issuer) will be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease. The Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer give notice to the Holders of the Notes as to which the money to
be repaid was held in trust, as provided in Section 106, a notice that such funds remain unclaimed and that, after a date specified in the notice, which will not be less than 30 days from the date on which the notice was first mailed or
published to the Holders of the Notes as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, any unclaimed balance of such funds then remaining will be paid to the Issuer free of the trust formerly impressed upon it. 

The Issuer initially authorizes Citibank to act as Paying Agent for the Notes on its behalf. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time
authorize one or more Persons (including the Trustee) to act as Paying Agent in addition to or in place of Citibank with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes issued under this Indenture. 

  
 110 

 Each Paying Agent will at all times, have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000,
and be subject to supervision or examination by a United States Federal or State authority or be regulated by or subject to the supervision or examination of a governmental authority of a nation that is a member of the Organization for Economic
Co-operation and Development. If such Paying Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined
capital and surplus of such Paying Agent will be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. 

SECTION 1104. Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies, on or before
April 30 of each year, beginning in 2001, a written statement signed by an Issuer Authorized Officer, stating that: 

(a) a review of the activities of the Issuer during the prior year and of the Issuer’s performance under this Indenture
and under the terms of the Notes has been made under such Issuer Authorized Officer’s supervision; and 
 (b) to the
best of such Issuer Authorized Officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has complied in all material respects with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the
fulfillment of any such condition or covenant (without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice), specifying each such default known to such Issuer Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof. 

SECTION 1105. Legal Existence. The Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force
and effect its legal existence. 
 SECTION 1106. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer will
execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

SECTION 1107. Compliance with Laws. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, the noncompliance with
which would, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes or this Indenture. 

SECTION 1108. Notice of Events of Default. The Issuer agrees to give the Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice
of each Event of Default hereunder and each default on the part of the Master Trust or the Sellers of their respective obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and any default of a Derivative Counterparty. 

SECTION 1109. Certain Negative Covenants. The Issuer will not: 

(a) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than
amounts withheld in good faith from such payments under the Internal Revenue Code or other applicable tax law); 
 (b) permit
the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien in favor of the Secured Parties created by this Indenture to be amended, 

  
 111 

 
hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture except as may be
expressly permitted hereby; 
 (c) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance
(other than the lien in favor of the Secured Parties created by this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Collateral or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof; or 

(d) permit the lien in favor of the Secured Parties created by this Indenture not to constitute a valid security interest in
the Collateral; or 
 (e) voluntarily dissolve or liquidate. 

SECTION 1110. No Other Business. The Issuer will not engage in any business other than as permitted under the Trust Agreement.

 SECTION 1111. No Borrowing. The Issuer will not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or
indirectly, for any indebtedness for borrowed money except for the Notes. 
 SECTION 1112. Excluded Series. The Issuer will
notify the Master Trust with respect to each Due Period of the extent to which any series of Notes constitutes an Excluded Series under the Series 2000 Supplement. 

SECTION 1113. Rule 144A Information. For so long as any of the Notes of any series, class or tranche are “restricted
securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act, the Issuer agrees to provide to any Noteholder of such series, class or tranche and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder, upon
the request of such Noteholder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such Holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the conditions set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Exchange Act. 

ARTICLE XII 

Early Redemption of Notes 

SECTION 1201. Applicability of Article. Pursuant to the terms of this Article, the Issuer will redeem and pay, provided that
funds are available, each affected series, class or tranche of Notes upon the occurrence of any Early Redemption Event. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document creating a series, class or tranche of Notes, or in the form of Notes
for such series, class or tranche, the following are “Early Redemption Events”: 
 (a) with respect to any
tranche of Notes, the occurrence of the Expected Principal Payment Date of such Notes; 
 (b) the occurrence of any
Amortization Event as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Collateral Certificate; 

  
 112 

 (c) mandatory prepayment of the entire Collateral Certificate resulting from a
breach of a representation or warranty by the Banks under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; 
 (d) with respect to any
tranche of Notes, at any time a Payment Request with respect to a requested payment of Available Investor Principal Collections has been issued with respect to such tranche of Notes, the Portfolio Yield (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement) for any Due Period will be less than the Weighted Average Interest Rates for all tranches of Notes of that Group as of the last day of such Due Period; 

(e) the amount of Surplus Finance Charge Collections averaged over any three consecutive Due Periods will be less than the
Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount for the last of such three consecutive Due Periods; 
 (f) the Issuer becomes an
investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; 
 (g) with respect to any tranche of Notes (other than
a tranche of RSP Notes) that has funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account, with respect to any Due Period, the product of 

(i) the total amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due Period, 

(ii) the Series 2000 Allocation Percentage (as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) for such Due Period, expressed as a
decimal, and 
 (iii) the difference of 100% minus the Floating Allocation Percentage (as defined in the Series 2000
Supplement) for such Due Period, expressed as a decimal, 
 will fail to equal at least the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding
Account of all tranches of Notes (other than tranches of RSP Notes) as of the last day of such Due Period; or 
 (h) with
respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, any additional Early Redemption Event specified in the terms document for such series, class or tranche as applying to such series, class or tranche, or specified in the form of Note for such series,
class or tranche. 
 The redemption price of a tranche of Notes so redeemed will equal the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such
tranche, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such tranche to but excluding the date of redemption, the payment of which will be subject to Article V. 

If the Issuer is unable to pay the redemption price in full on the Monthly Principal Date following the end of the Due Period in which the
Early Redemption Event occurs, monthly payments on such tranche of Notes will thereafter be made on each following Monthly Principal Date until the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, plus all accrued and unpaid

  
 113 

 
interest, is paid in full or the Legal Maturity Date occurs, whichever is earlier, subject to Article V. Any funds in the Principal Funding Account, the Interest Funding Account and, in the case
of Class C Notes, the Class C Reserve Account for a redeemed tranche will be applied to make the principal and interest payments on that tranche on the redemption date, subject to Article V. Principal payments on redeemed tranches will be made first
to the Class A Notes until paid in full, then to the Class B Notes until paid in full and finally to the Class C Notes until paid in full. 

SECTION 1202. Optional Repurchase. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document for a tranche of Notes,
the Issuer has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem a tranche of Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series in whole but not in part on any day on or after the day on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche is reduced to less
than 5% of its Initial Dollar Principal Amount; provided, however, that if such tranche of Notes is of a subordinated class, the Issuer will not redeem such Notes if it will leave the senior classes of Notes of that series with less
than the applicable Required Subordinated Amount. If the Issuer elects to redeem a tranche of Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, it will notify the Holders of such redemption at least 30 days prior to the redemption date. The redemption price of a
tranche so redeemed will equal the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such tranche to but excluding the date of redemption, the payment of which will be subject
to Article V. 
 (b) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document for a series of Notes of a Single Issuance Series, the
Issuer has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem Notes of a Single Issuance Series in whole but not in part on any day on or after the day on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of such series is reduced to less than 5% of its
Initial Dollar Principal Amount. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes of a Single Issuance Series, it will notify the Holders of such redemption at least 30 days prior to the redemption date. The redemption price of a series so redeemed will equal
the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such series, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such tranche to but excluding the date of redemption, the payment of which will be subject to Article V. 

If the Issuer is unable to pay the redemption price in full on the redemption date, monthly payments on such tranche of Notes will thereafter
be made until the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, is paid in full or the Legal Maturity Date occurs, whichever is earlier, subject to Article V. Any funds in the Principal Funding Account,
the Interest Funding Account and, in the case of Class C Notes, the Class C Reserve Account for a redeemed tranche will be applied to make the principal and interest payments on that tranche on the redemption date, subject to Article V. Principal
payments on redeemed tranches will be made first to the Class A Notes until paid in full, then to the Class B Notes until paid in full and finally to the Class C Notes until paid in full. 

SECTION 1203. Notice. Promptly after the occurrence of any Early Redemption Event or a redemption pursuant to Section 1202,
the Issuer will notify the Trustee and the Rating Agencies in writing of the identity, stated principal amount and Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the affected series, class or tranche of Notes to be redeemed. Notice of redemption will
promptly be given as provided in Section 106. All notices of redemption will state (a) the date on which the redemption of the applicable series, class or tranche of Notes pursuant to this Article will begin, (b) the redemption price
for such series, class or tranche of Notes, which will be equal to the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such series, class or tranche plus interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid (if any), the payment of which will be subject to
Article V and (c) the series, class or tranche of Notes to be redeemed pursuant to this Article. 

  
 114 

 ARTICLE XIII 

Collateral 

SECTION 1301. Recording, Etc. (a) The Issuer intends the Security Interest granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of
the Secured Parties to be prior to all other liens in respect of the Collateral. Subject to Section 1303, the Issuer will take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain a perfected lien on and security interest in the Collateral in favor of
the Secured Parties. The Issuer will from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements (including amendments thereto), continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and
other instruments, all as prepared by the Issuer, and will take such other action necessary or advisable to: 
 (i) grant a
Security Interest more effectively in all or any portion of the Collateral; 

  
 115 

 (ii) maintain or preserve the Security Interest (and the priority thereof)
created by this Indenture or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof; 
 (iii) perfect, publish notice of or protect
the validity of any grant made or to be made by this Indenture; 
 (iv) enforce the Collateral Certificate, the Derivative
Agreements and each other instrument or agreement included in the Collateral; 
 (v) preserve and defend title to the
Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties in such Collateral against the claims of all persons and parties; and 

(vi) pay all taxes or assessments levied or assessed upon the Collateral when due. 

(b) The Issuer will from time to time promptly pay and discharge all financing and continuation statement recording and/or filing fees,
charges and taxes relating to this Indenture, any amendments thereto and any other instruments of further assurance. The Issuer hereby designates the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute, upon the Issuer’s failure to do so, any
financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument required by the Trustee pursuant to this Section. 
 (c) Without limiting
the generality of clauses (a)(ii) or (a)(iii): 
 (i) The Issuer will cause this Indenture, all amendments and supplements
hereto and/or all financing statements and continuation statements and any other necessary documents covering the Secured Parties’ right, title and interest to the Collateral to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be
kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Trustee and the other Secured Parties to all property comprising the Collateral.
The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such recording, registration or filing. 

(ii) Within 30 days after the Issuer makes any change in its name, identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of
organization which would make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (d)(i) seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 (or any comparable provision) of the UCC, the Issuer will give
the Trustee notice of any such change and will file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the Collateral. 

(d) The Issuer will give the Trustee prompt notice of any relocation of its principal executive office and whether, as a result of such
relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and will file such financing statements or amendments as may be
necessary to perfect or to continue the perfection of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the Collateral. The Issuer will at all times maintain its principal executive offices within the United States. 

  
 116 

 (e) The duty of the Trustee to execute any instrument required pursuant to this Section will
arise only if the Trustee has knowledge of the type described in Section 701(c) of any default of the Issuer in complying with the provisions of this Section. 

SECTION 1302. Trust Indenture Act Requirements. The release of any Collateral from the lien created by this Indenture, or the
release of, in whole or in part, such lien, will not be deemed to impair the Security Interests in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral or lien are released pursuant to the terms hereof. The Trustee and each of
the other Secured Parties acknowledge that a release of Collateral or lien strictly in accordance with the terms hereof will not be deemed for any purpose to be an impairment of the Security Interests in contravention of the terms of this Indenture.
To the extent applicable, without limitation, the Issuer and each other obligor on the Notes will cause TIA § 314(d) relating to the release of property or securities from the liens hereof to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion
required by TIA § 314(d) may be made by an officer of the appropriate obligor, except in cases in which TIA § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent person. 

SECTION 1303. Suits To Protect the Collateral. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee will have power to
institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem
expedient to preserve or protect their interests and the interests of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any
legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Security Interests or be prejudicial to the
interests of the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee). No counterparty to a Derivative Agreement may direct the Trustee to enforce the Security Interest. Each counterparty’s rights consist solely of the right to receive Collections allocated
for its benefit pursuant to Article V. 
 SECTION 1304. Purchaser Protected. In no event will any purchaser in good faith of
any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or
to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor will any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire
into the authority of the Issuer or any other obligor, as applicable, to make any such sale or other transfer. 
 SECTION 1305. Powers
Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. In case the Collateral will be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article upon the Issuer or any other obligor, as applicable, with respect to the
release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee will be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or any other obligor, as
applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article. 

  
 117 

 SECTION 1306. Determinations Relating to Collateral. In the event (i) the
Trustee will receive any written request from the Issuer or any other obligor for consent or approval with respect to any matter or thing relating to any Collateral or the Issuer’s or any other obligor’s obligations with respect thereto or
(ii) there will be due to or from the Trustee under the provisions hereof any performance or the delivery of any instrument or (iii) the Trustee will become aware of any nonperformance by the Issuer or any other obligor of any covenant or
any breach of any representation or warranty of the Issuer or any other obligor set forth in this Indenture, then, in each such event, the Trustee will be entitled to hire experts, consultants, agents and attorneys to advise the Trustee on the
manner in which the Trustee should respond to such request or render any requested performance or response to such nonperformance or breach (the expenses of which will be reimbursed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 807). The Trustee will be
fully protected in the taking of any action recommended or approved by any such expert, consultant, agent or attorney or agreed to by the Majority Holders of the Outstanding Notes. 

SECTION 1307. Release of Collateral. (a) Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses pursuant to Section 807, the
Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer or when otherwise required by the provisions of this Indenture, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this Indenture, or convey the Trustee’s interest in the same, in a manner and
under circumstances which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Trustee as provided in this Article will be bound to ascertain the Trustee’s authority, inquire into the
satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any funds. 
 (b) Upon delivery of an Issuer Certificate certifying
that the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture have been satisfied and discharged by complying with the provisions of this Article, the Trustee will (i) execute and deliver such releases, termination statements and other instruments
(in recordable form, where appropriate) as the Issuer or any other obligor, as applicable, may reasonably request evidencing the termination of the Security Interests created by this Indenture and (ii) not be deemed to hold the Security
Interests for the benefit of the Secured Parties. 
 (c) The Banks and the Noteholders will be entitled to receive at least 10 days written
notice when the Trustee proposes to take any action pursuant to clause (a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Trustee will also be entitled to require, as a condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel, stating the legal
effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent
investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Trustee in connection with any such action. 

SECTION 1308. Certain Actions by Trustee. Any action taken by the Trustee pursuant to this Article in respect of the release of
Collateral will be taken by the Trustee as its interest in such Collateral may appear, and no provision of this Article is intended to, or will, excuse compliance with any provision hereof. 

SECTION 1309. Opinions as to Collateral. (a) On the Effective Date, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording and filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and any other requisite documents, and with respect to the
execution and 

  
 118 

 
filing of any financing statements and continuation statements, as are necessary to create, continue, perfect and maintain the Security Interest granted by this Indenture in favor of the Secured
Parties and reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to do so. 

(b) On or before March 31 in each calendar year, beginning in 2001, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel with
respect to each Uniform Commercial Code financing statement which has been filed by the Issuer either stating that, (i) in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling
of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements as is necessary to maintain the lien and Security Interest
created by this Indenture and reciting the details of such action or (ii) in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such lien and Security Interest. Such Opinion of Counsel will also describe the recording, filing,
re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be
required to maintain the lien and Security Interest of this Indenture until March 31 in the following calendar year. 
 SECTION 1310.
Delegation of Duties. The Issuer may contract with or appoint other Persons (including the Banks and their Affiliates) to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person
identified to the Trustee in an Issuer Certificate will be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer. 
 SECTION 1311. Additional
Representations Concerning Collateral. The Issuer represents as follows: 
 (a) This Indenture creates a valid and continuing
security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Collateral Certificate in favor of the Secured Parties, which security interest is prior to all other liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the
Issuer. 
 (b) The Collateral Certificate constitutes either a “certificated security” or a “general intangible” within
the meaning of the applicable UCC. 
 (c) At the time the Issuer granted to the Secured Parties a security interest in the Collateral
Certificate, the Issuer owned and had good and marketable title to the Collateral Certificate free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person. 

(d) The Collateral Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee. The Issuer has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in
the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Collateral Certificate granted to the Secured Parties under this Indenture to the extent that the Collateral Certificate
constitutes a “general intangible” within the meaning of the applicable UCC. The Collateral Certificate has been registered in the name of the Issuer. 

(e) Other than the security interest granted to the Secured Parties pursuant to this Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold,
granted a security interest in, or otherwise 

  
 119 

 
conveyed any of the Collateral Certificate. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral
covering the Collateral Certificate other than any financing statement (i) relating to the security interest granted to the Secured Parties pursuant to this Indenture, or (ii) that has been terminated or released. The Issuer is not aware
of any judgment or tax lien filings against it. The Collateral Certificate does not have any marks or notations indicating that is has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Issuer. 

ARTICLE XIV 
 Miscellaneous

 SECTION 1401. No Petition. The Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, each Derivative Counterparty, by
designating that the obligations of the Issuer pursuant to the applicable Derivative Agreement are secured by the Collateral, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Banks or the Issuer, or
join in any institution against the Banks or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection
with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any Derivative Agreement. 
 SECTION 1402. Trust Obligations. No
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Issuer Trustee
in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Issuer Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a
beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Issuer Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Issuer Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Issuer Trustee has no such
obligations in its individual capacity). 
 SECTION 1403. Limitations on Liability. (a) It is expressly understood and agreed
by the parties hereto that (i) this Indenture is executed and delivered by the Managing Beneficiary not individually or personally but solely as Managing Beneficiary, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it,
(ii) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by the Managing Beneficiary but is made and intended for the
purpose of binding only the Issuer, (iii) nothing herein contained will be construed as creating any liability on the Managing Beneficiary individually or personally, to perform any covenant of the Issuer either expressed or implied contained
herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties to this Indenture and by any Person claiming by, through or under them and (iv) under no circumstances will the Managing Beneficiary be personally liable for the payment
of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Indenture or any related documents. 

(b) Neither the Issuer Trustee nor the Banks, nor any other beneficiary of the Issuer nor any of their respective officers, directors,
employers or agents will have any liability with respect to this Indenture, and recourse may be had solely to the Collateral pledged to secure the Notes issued by Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust. 

  
 120 

 SECTION 1404. Notes Treated as Debt. The Issuer and the Noteholders agree that the
Notes are intended to be debt of the Banks for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and agree to treat the Notes accordingly for all such purposes, unless otherwise required by a taxing authority. To the extent the Issuer,
notwithstanding the foregoing, is treated as a partnership for federal, state or local income or franchise purposes and a Noteholder is treated as a partner in such partnership, the Noteholders agree that any tax, penalty, interest or other
obligation imposed under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the income tax items arising from such partnership shall be the sole obligation of the Noteholder to whom such items are allocated and not of such partnership. 

SECTION 1405. Actions Taken by the Issuer. Any and all actions that are to be taken by the Issuer will be taken by either the
Managing Beneficiary or the Issuer Trustee on behalf of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 1406. Derivative Counterparty as Third-Party
Beneficiary. Each Derivative Counterparty is a third-party beneficiary of this Indenture to the extent specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement or terms document. 

  
 121 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
day and year first above written. 
  

									
		  		  	CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
			
		  		  	 by Citibank, N.A., as Managing Beneficiary

					
		  		  		  	By	  	  

		  		  		  	Name:	  	
		  		  		  	Title:	  	
					
	Attest:	  		  		  		  	
					
	  
	  		  		  		  	

							
			
		  		  	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
         AMERICAS, as Trustee,
				
		  		  	By	  	  

		  		  	Name:	  	
		  		  	Title:	  	
				
		  		  	By	  	  

		  		  	Name:	  	
		  		  	Title:	  	
				
	Attest:	  		  		  	
				
	  
	  		  		  	

 STATE OF SOUTH DAKOTA  ) 

                          
                           ) ss: 

COUNTY OF MINNEHAHA    ) 
 On
[        ] [    ], 2016, before me personally came
                                         
   , to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 701 East 60th Street North, Sioux Falls, SD 57117; and that he is a Vice President of Citibank, N.A., not acting in its individual capacity but
solely as Managing Beneficiary of Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust, one of the parties described in and which executed the above instrument. 
  

	
	  

	Notary Public

  

	
	[Notarial Seal]
	
	My commission expires:                     

 STATE OF NEW
YORK                ) 

                          
                               ) ss: 

COUNTY OF NEW YORK            ) 

On [        ] [    ], 2016, before me personally came
                     and
                    , each to me known, who, each being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she resides at 60 Wall Street, New York, New
York; and that she is a Vice President and                     , respectively, of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, not acting in its
individual capacity but solely as Trustee, one of the parties described in and which executed the above instrument. 
  

	
	  

	Notary Public

  

	
	[Notarial Seal]
	
	My commission expires:                     

 ANNEX I 

Threshold Conditions 

Characteristics of Tranches of Notes 

Not Needing Separate Tax Opinions 

on Issuance Date 
  

	1.	At the time of issuance, the tranche of Notes will be rated no lower than the following ratings categories by at least one Rating Agency: 

 

			
	 Note
	  	 Rating

	Class A	  	AAA or its equivalent for long-term Notes, or A-1+/P-1 or its equivalent for commercial paper Notes
		
	Class B	  	A or its equivalent
		
	Class C	  	BBB or its equivalent

  

	2.	The tranche of Notes does not have a yield (based on its initial yield in the case of a tranche of floating rate Notes) in excess of the yield of United States Treasury obligations for a comparable maturity plus 500
basis points. 

  

	3.	The Initial Dollar Principal Amount of the tranche of Notes is less than $500,000,000 for Class A Notes, $250,000,000 for Class B Notes, or $250,000,000 for Class C Notes. 

 

	4.	The Expected Principal Payment Date of the tranche of Notes is no more than ten years after the issuance date for Class B Notes or Class C Notes, or twelve years after the issuance date for Class A Notes.

  

	5.	The tranche of Notes has a single Expected Principal Payment Date on which all principal of that tranche is expected to be paid. 

  

	6.	The Legal Maturity Date of the tranche of Notes is no more than two years after its Expected Principal Payment Date. 

  

	7.	Unless the Expected Principal Payment Date of the tranche of Notes is within one year of the issuance date, all interest is payable at least annually. 

 

	8.	 If the tranche of Notes does not bear interest at a single fixed rate, the tranche bears interest at a floating
rate, reset at least annually, equal to (i) 100% of a single market-based interest index such as LIBOR, the federal funds rate, or the 

	 	
prime rate, (ii) plus or minus a single fixed spread, if desired, and (iii) subject to a single fixed cap and/or single fixed floor, if desired. However, the interest rate for the first
period may be set at a rate approximating the rate that would be set by the formula. 

  

	9.	No payments of principal of or interest on the tranche of Notes are subject to any contingencies other, with respect to principal, than the availability of funds pursuant to the Indenture and subordination.

  

	10.	The issuance price of the tranche of Notes is at least 90% of the principal amount, and no more than 102% of the principal amount. 

  

	11.	[RESERVED]. 

  

	12.	Provisions for payments of the tranche of Notes after an Event of Default relating to a Derivative Agreement are as described in the Form of Prospectus contained in the original effective registration statement filed
with respect to the Notes. 

  

	13.	At the time of issuance of the tranche of Notes, as to then Outstanding Notes or outstanding Master Trust investor certificates, (i) no Notes or Master Trust investor certificates have been downgraded (and continue
to have the downgraded rating) or are on credit watch with negative implications by any Rating Agency that rates the Notes or the Master Trust investor certificates; (ii) no series or class of Master Trust investor certificates has had an Early
Amortization Event (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time, would become an Early Amortization Event of any series or class of Master Trust investor certificates; (iii) no
series, class or tranche of Notes has had an Early Redemption Event or Event of Default, and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time, would become an Early Redemption Event or Event of Default of any series, class or tranche of Notes;
(iv) no unreimbursed draws have been made on any reserve account or cash collateral account for the benefit of any tranche of Notes or series of Master Trust investor certificates; and (v) neither the Issuer nor the Master Trust is in
default of any payment owed by it to a Derivative Counterparty or other derivative counterparty or third-party enhancer; provided, however, that clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) will not apply if (x) the event described
therein is due solely to the credit of a Derivative Counterparty or other derivative counterparty or third-party enhancer and/or the default of such Person in a payment obligation to the Issuer or the Master Trust, and (y) such Person is not a
Derivative Counterparty, other derivative counterparty or third-party enhancer with respect to the new issuance of Notes. 

  

	14.	The tranche of Notes has no material terms not described in the the Form of Prospectus contained in the original effective registration statement filed with respect to the Notes, and that tranche’s subordination
features, acceleration provisions and remedies are as described in that Prospectus. 

  
 2 

	15.	The tranche of Notes meet any other conditions that may be added from time to time by a Rating Agency then rating the Notes of the Issuer. 

Any of the foregoing conditions may be eliminated or relaxed with the consent of the Rating Agencies then rating the Notes. 

  
 3 

 EXHIBIT A 
  

 
  

[FORM OF] PAYMENT REQUEST 
  

 
  

					
	From:	  	Citibank, N.A., as Series 2000 Certificate Representative under the Series 2000 Supplement and as Managing Beneficiary of the Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust	  	
			
	To:	  	Citibank, N.A., as Servicer under Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I	  	
		
	Date:                     	  	

 Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I 

Series 2000 Certificates 

Due Period ending             , 20     

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Series 2000 Supplement, dated as of August 9, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of
[        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified, the “Series 2000 Supplement”), between Citibank, N.A., as Seller and Servicer, and Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas, as Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders, and the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended, supplemented and
otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), between Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust, as Issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders. Terms used herein have the meanings provided in the
Series 2000 Supplement or the Indenture, as applicable. 
 The Series 2000 Certificate Representative requests the following payments with respect to the
Series 2000 Certificates be made on the following dates: 
  

							
	A.	  	Allocations of Investor Finance Charge Collections available pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Series 2000 Supplement.	  	
				
		  	 1.      
	  	Required pursuant to Section 501(a) of the Indenture (to pay accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of, and other amounts due to, the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 807 of the Indenture, to be paid as soon as practicable
after the end of the applicable Due Period)	  	$            
				
		  	 2.      
	  	Required pursuant to Section 501(b) of the Indenture (to make the targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 503 of the Indenture, to be paid on the applicable Interest Deposit Date)	  	

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

							
		 		 	Total	  	$            
				
		 	3.	 	Required pursuant to Section 501(d) of the Indenture (to increase the Invested Amount of the Series 2000 Certificate or reimburse any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit pursuant to Section 527 of the Indenture, to be paid
to the Servicer as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Due Period)	  	$            
				
		 	4.	 	Required pursuant to Section 501(c) of the Indenture (to make the targeted deposits to the Class C Reserve Account pursuant to Section 518 of the Indenture, on the applicable Monthly Interest Date)	  	

  

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

							
		 		 	Total	  	$            
				
		 	5.	 	Required pursuant to Section 501(e) of the Indenture (to make any other payment or deposit required by the terms document of any series, class or tranche of Notes)	  	$            

  

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

							
		 		  	Total	  	$            

  
 A-2 

							
				
		 	6.	 	Balance of the Investor Finance Charge Collections to be paid to the Issuer pursuant to Section 501(f) of the Indenture as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Due Period	  	$            
			
	B.	 	Allocations of Available Investor Principal Collections available pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Series 2000 Supplement.	  	
				
		 	1.	 	Required pursuant to Section 502(a) of the Indenture (to be reallocated to pay deficiencies in targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to A2, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to be paid on
the applicable Interest Deposit Date)	  	

  

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

							
		 		 	Total	  	$            
				
		 	2.	 	Required pursuant to Section 502(b) of the Indenture (to make the targeted deposits to the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 508 of the Indenture, to be paid on the applicable Principal Deposit Date)	  	$            

  

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

									
		 		  	Total	  	$	            	  

  
 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Payment Request
on             , 20    . 
  

					
	CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
	    as Issuer
		
	By:	 	CITIBANK, N.A., as Series 2000 Certificate Representative and as Managing Beneficiary
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	CITIBANK, N.A., as Servicer
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 A-4 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

 
  

[FORM OF] MONTHLY COMPUTATION STATEMENT 

Date:                     

 Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I 

Series 2000 Certificate 

Due Period ending             , 20     

 
  

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Series 2000 Supplement, dated as of August 9, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of
[        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified, the “Series 2000 Supplement”), between Citibank, N.A., as Seller and Servicer, and Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas, as Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders, and the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended, supplemented and
otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), between Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust, as Issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders. Terms used herein have the meanings provided in the
Series 2000 Supplement or the Indenture, as applicable. 
 The following computations are as of the end of the Due Period ending
            , 20     (the “applicable Due Period”): 
  

									
	A.	 	Increases in the components of the Series 2000 Invested Amount, the Series Adjusted Invested Amount for Series 2000 and the principal amount of the Series 2000 Certificates, as of the end of the applicable Due
Period	  			
				
		 	1.	  	The cumulative sum of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of each tranche of Notes as of the end of the applicable Due Period pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(x)(i) of the Series 2000 Supplement and clause (a) of the definition of
“Nominal Liquidation Amount” in the Indenture	  			
				
		 		  	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		  	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		  	Total	  	$	            	  
				
		 	2(a).	  	The cumulative sum of accretions of principal on Discount Notes targeted to be deposited in the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 503(f) of the Indenture and Section 5.01(a)(x)(ii)(A) of the Series 2000
Supplement, whether or not actually deposited and paid by the Issuer to the Master Trust pursuant to Sections 507(b) and 520(a) of the Indenture for reinvestment in the Series 2000 Invested Amount pursuant to Sections 4.03(e)	  			
				
		 		  	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		  	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		  	Total	  	$	            	  

									
		 	2(b).	 	The cumulative sum of accretions of principal on Discount Notes actually paid by the Issuer to the Master Trust for reinvestment in the Series 2000 Invested Amount pursuant to Sections 4.03(e) and 5.01(a)(x)(ii)(B) of the Series
2000 Supplement and Sections 5.07(b) and 520(a) of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	Total	  	$	            	  
				
		 	3.	 	The cumulative sum of principal collections paid by the Issuer to the Master Trust for reinvestment in the Series 2000 Invested Amount pursuant to Sections 4.03(f) and 5.01(a)(x)(iii) of the Series 2000 Supplement and Sections
502(a) and 520(c) of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	Total	  	$	            	  
				
		 	4.	 	The cumulative sum of reimbursements of Series 2000 Invested Amount Deficit from Allocable Miscellaneous Payments retained by the Master Trust for reinvestment in the Series 2000 Invested Amount pursuant to Sections 4.03(b)(i)
and 5.01(a)(x)(iv) of the Series 2000 Supplement and Section 527(e)(i) of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	Total	  	$	            	  
				
		 	5.	 	The cumulative sum of reimbursements of Series 2000 Invested Amount Deficit made pursuant to Sections 4.02(a)(ii)(C), 4.03(c) and 5.01(a)(x)(v) of the Series 2000 Supplement and Sections 520(b) and 527(f)(i) of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	 Total
	  	$	            	  

  
 B-2 

					
	B.	 	Decreases in the components of the Series 2000 Invested Amount, the Series Adjusted Invested Amount for Series 2000, and the principal amount of the Series 2000 Certificates as of the end of the applicable Due Period	  	
			
	1(a).	 	The cumulative sum of all Principal Collections paid to the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02(b)(ii) or Section 4.02(c)(ii) of the Series Supplement which are reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) of the Indenture
and Section 5.01(a)(y)(i) of the Series 2000 Supplement to make targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	1(b).	 	The cumulative sum of all Principal Collections paid to the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02(b)(ii) or Section 4.02(c)(ii) of the Series Supplement which are reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) of the Indenture
and Section 5.01(a)(y)(i) of the Series 2000 Supplement to make targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account that in each case resulted in a reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Notes that were Revolving Notes at the time of such
reduction	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	2(a).	 	The cumulative sum of all payments of Principal Collections paid to the Issuer (other than those referred to in item B1 above)	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	2(b).	 	With respect to all tranches of Notes that were Revolving Notes at the time of such payment, the cumulative sum of all payments of principal collections to the Issuer (other than those referred to in item B1 above) on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account or withdrawn from the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c) of the Indenture	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            

  
 B-3 

					
			
	3.	 	With respect to each tranche of RSP Notes, an aggregate amount equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each such tranche immediately before giving effect to the applicable sale of Receivables pursuant to Sections
4.01(a)(y)(iii) 7.03 of the Series 2000 Supplement and Section 523 of the Indenture	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	4(a).	 	Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Series 2000 Certificate pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) and 5.02(a)(y)(iv) of the Series 2000 Supplement, to the extent that such Investor Charge-Offs reduce the aggregate Nominal Liquidation
Amount of the Notes pursuant to Section 526(e)(i) of the Indenture	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	4(b).	 	Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Series 2000 Certificate pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) and 5.02(a)(y)(iv) of the Series 2000 Supplement, to the extent that such Investor Charge-Offs reduce the aggregate Nominal Liquidation
Amount of the Notes pursuant to Section 526(e)(i) of the Indenture that were Revolving Notes at the time of such reduction	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	4(c).	 	The Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Notes cancelled pursuant to Section 603 of the Indenture	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            

  
 B-4 

									
			
	4(d).	 	The Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of any Notes cancelled pursuant to Section 603 of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	 	$            	  
				
		 		 	From the applicable Due Period	  	 	$            	  
				
		 		 	Total	  	 	$            	  
			
	C.	 	Series 2000 Invested Amount and aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Notes (sum of Items A1, A2(b), A3, A4 and A5, less Items B1(a), B2(a), B3 and B4(a))	  	 	$            	  
			
	D.	 	Series 2000 Adjusted Invested Amount (sum of Items A1, A2(b), A3, A4 and A5, less Items B1(b), B2(b), B3 and B4(b))	  	 	$            	  
				
	E.	 	1.	 	Principal amount of the Series 2000 Certificates and aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes (sum of Items A1, A2(a) and A3, less Item B2(a)) (but subject to Section 5.01(b) of the Series 2000
Supplement)	  	 	$            	  
				
		 	2.	 	Aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account	  	 	$            	  
				
		 	3.	 	Aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes (sum of Items E1 and E2)	  	 	$            	  
			
	F.	 	Amount of Finance Charge Collections (and amounts to be treated as Finance Charge Collections) available pursuant to Section 501(d) of the Indenture to fund Class C Reserve sub-Accounts	  	 	$            	  
			
	G.	 	Portion of the Series 2000 Invested Amount to be considered as an Excluded Series	  	 	$            	  
			
	H.	 	The aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for each tranche of Notes, other than any tranche of RSP Notes (equal to the designated portion of the Sellers’ Interest)	  	 	$            	  

  
 B-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Monthly
Computation Statement on             , 20    . 
  

			
	CITIBANK, N.A., Servicer of Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I,
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, as
Issuer

 
			
		
	By:	 	CITIBANK, N.A., as Series 2000 Certificate Representative and as Managing Beneficiary

 
			
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  
 B-6 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

 
  

[FORM OF ISSUER’S REPORT] 
  

 
 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
 This Report relates to the Due Period ending
             , 20     and the related Payment Dates for the Notes. 
  

							
	A.	  	Information Regarding the Master Trust portfolio	  		  	
				
	1.	  	Portfolio Yield for the Collateral Certificate	  		  	
				
		  	 Yield Component

Credit Loss Component
	  		  	    %
     %

				
	2.	  	New Purchase Rate	  		  	    %
				
	3.	  	Total Payment Rate	  		  	    %
				
	4.	  	Principal Payment Rate	  		  	    %
				
	5.	  	Aggregate Amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust:	  		  	    %
				
		  	 Beginning of Due Period

Average
 Lump Sum
Addition
 End of Due Period
	  	$            

$            

$            

$            
	  	
				
	6.	  	Delinquencies (Aggregate outstanding balances in the Accounts that were delinquent by the time periods listed below as of the close of business of the month preceding the Payment Dates, as a percentage of aggregate Receivables as
of the last day of the Due Period):	  		  	
				
		  	 Current
	  	$	  	
				
		  	 up to 29 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 30 to 59 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 60 to 89 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 90 to 119 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 120 to 149 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 150 to 180 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
				
		  	 Current
	  		  	    %
				
		  	 up to 29 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 30 to 59 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 60 to 89 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 90 to 119 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 120 to 149 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 150 to 180 days delinquent
	  		  	    %

 CITIBANK, N.A. 
  

 
  

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST / 

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

													
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Current Due
Period on an
Actual Basis1	 	 	Current Due
Period on a
Standard Basis1	 
	B.	 	 Information Regarding the Collateral Certificate
  

(Percentage Basis)
	  				 			
					
		 	1.	  	Portfolio Yield	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	2.	  	Weighted Average Note Rate	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	3.	  	Weighted Average Investor Fee Rates	  				 			
					
		 		  	 Fixed Servicing Fee
	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 		  	 Others
	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	4.	  	Surplus Finance Charge Collections	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	5.	  	Surplus Finance Charge Collections For Purposes of Funding Class C Reserve Account	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	6.	  	Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	7.	  	Aggregate Surplus Finance Charge Amount minus Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 

  

	1 	Values for Current Due Period on an Actual Basis reflect, in the case of a first due period close of a tranche of Notes, activity from the close date until the first due period end, or, as in the case of Investor
Monthly Interest and certain fees, until the first Monthly Interest Date. Values for Current Due Period on a Standard Basis reflect activity for the entire current due period, as if all Notes had already been outstanding prior to the first day of
such due period. 

 All percents are based on actual cash revenue or expense for the period, converted to an annualized percent
using day counts appropriate for the item, either 30/360, actual/360, or actual/actual. Depending on the item, cash expenses may accrue from             ,
20     to             , 20    ,      days, or
            , 20     to             , 20    ,
     days (standard basis). 

  
 C-2 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

									
	C.	  	 Information Regarding the Collateral Certificate

 
 (Dollar Basis)

					
		  	 1.
	 	 Total Investor Collections
  

Principal Collections
  

Finance Charge Collections
	  	 $ 
 $

 
 $
	  	 $ 
 $

 
 $

					
		  	2.	 	 Investor Default Amount
	  	$            	  	$            
					
		  	3.	 	 Investor Monthly Interest
	  	$	  	$
					
		  	4.	 	 Investor Monthly Fees
	  		  	
					
		  		 	 Fixed Servicing Fees
	  	$	  	$
					
		  		 	 Others
	  	$	  	$
					
		  	5.	 	 Surplus Finance Charge Collections
	  	$	  	$
					
		  	6.	 	 Required Surplus Finance Charge Collections
	  	$	  	$
					
		  	7.	 	Aggregate Surplus Finance Charge Amount minus Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount	  	$	  	$
				
	D.	  	Information Regarding Sellers’ Participation Amount	  		  	
			
		  	1.	 	 Sellers’ Participation Amount on the last day of the prior Due Period
                    

			
		  	2.	 	 Sellers’ Participation Amount on the last day of the Due Period
                    

				
	E.	  	 Information Regarding Notes of [Series]2
  
 (Aggregate Basis)
	  		  	
				
		  	1a.	 	 Class A Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
	  	$
				
		  	1b.	 	 Class B Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
	  	$
				
		  	1c.	 	 Class C Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
	  	$
				
		  	2a.	 	 Targeted Deposit to Class A Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	2b.	 	 Targeted Deposit to Class B Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	2c.	 	 Targeted Deposit to Class C Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	3a.	 	 Balance in the Class A Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	3b.	 	 Balance in the Class B Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	3c.	 	 Balance in the Class C Interest Funding Account
	  	$

  

	2 	The information reported is for the Due Period ending              , 20    , 

  
 C-3 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

													
		 	and giving effect to all deposits, allocations, reallocations and payments to be made in the month after the end of this Due Period.	   	  			
					
		 	4a.	  	Targeted Deposit to Class A Principal Funding Account	  	$	            	  	  			
					
		 	4b.	  	Targeted Deposit to Class B Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	4c.	  	Targeted Deposit to Class C Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	5a.	  	Balance in the Class A Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	5b.	  	Balance in the Class B Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	5c.	  	Balance in the Class C Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	6.	  	Targeted Deposit to Class C Reserve Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	7.	  	Balance in the Class C Reserve Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	8a.	  	Maximum enhance amount available to Outstanding Class A Notes from Class B Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	8b.	  	As a Percentage of Class A Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount	  				  	 	    	% 
					
		 	8c.	  	Maximum enhancement amount available to Outstanding Class A Notes from Class C Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	8d.	  	As a Percentage of Class A Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount	  				  	 	    	% 
					
		 	8e.	  	Maximum enhancement amount available to Outstanding Class B Notes from Class C Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	8f.	  	As a Percentage of Class B Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount	  				  	 	    	% 
					
		 	9a.	  	Reduction in the Class A Nominal Liquidation Amount resulting from an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	9b.	  	Reduction in the Class B Nominal Liquidation Amount resulting from an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs or a reallocation of Principal Collections to pay interest on Class A Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	9c.	  	Reduction in the Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount resulting from an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs or a reallocation of Principal Collections to pay interest on Class A or Class B Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	10a.	  	Reimbursement of Class A Nominal Liquidation Amount	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	10b.	  	Reimbursement of Class B Nominal Liquidation Amount	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	10c.	  	Reimbursement of Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount	  	$	 	  	  			

  
 C-4 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

											
	F.	 	 Information Regarding Distributions to Noteholders of [Series]3

 
 (Aggregate Basis)
	   
 

  
	  	
					
		 	1a.	  	The total amount of the distribution to Class A Noteholders on the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	1b.	  	The total amount of the distribution to Class B Noteholders on the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	1c.	  	The total amount of the distribution to Class C Noteholders on the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	            	  	  	
					
		 	2a.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(a) above in respect of principal on the Class A Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	2b.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(b) above in respect of principal on the Class B Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	2c.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(c) above in respect of principal on the Class C Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	3a.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(a) above in respect of interest on the Class A Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	3b.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(b) above in respect of interest on the Class B Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	3c.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(c) above in respect of interest on the Class C Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	4a.	  	The amount, if any, by which the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A Notes exceeds the Class A Nominal Liquidation Amount as of the Record Date with respect to the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	4b.	  	The amount, if any, by which the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B Notes exceeds the Class B Nominal Liquidation Amount as of the Record Date with respect to the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	4c.	  	The amount, if any, by which the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class C Notes exceeds the Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount as of the Record Date with respect to the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	

  

	3 	The information reported is for the Due Period ending              , 20    , and giving effect to all deposits,
allocations, reallocations and payments to be made in the month after the end of this Due Period. 

  
 C-5 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

	G.	Information Regarding Notes of [Series]4 

(Individual Tranche Basis) 
  

	 	1.	Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount; Interest Payments and Deposits to Interest Funding Sub-Accounts 

  

															
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Outstanding
Dollar Principal
Amount
	 	 Monthly

Accretion
	 	 Targeted

Interest
 Monthly

Deposit
	 	 Actual

Interest
 Monthly

Deposit
	 	 Cumulative
Shortfall
in
Interest Funding
Sub-Account
	 	
Interest
Funding Sub-

Account
 Balance
	 	
Interest
Payment On
Payment Date

		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	 	2.	Principal Payments and Deposits to Principal Funding Sub-Accounts 

  

											
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Targeted Principal
Monthly Deposit
	 	 Actual Principal
Monthly Deposit
	 	 Cumulative Shortfall

in Principal Funding

Sub-Account
	 	 Principal Funding

Sub-Account
 Balance
	 	 Principal Payment

On Payment Date

		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	4 	The information reported is for the Due Period ending              , 20    , and giving effect to all deposits,
allocations, reallocations and payments to be made in the month after the end of this Due Period. 

  
 C-6 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

	 	3.	Deposits to and Withdrawals from Class C Reserve Sub-Accounts 

  

											
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Targeted Deposit to
Class C Reserve

Sub-Account
	 	 Actual Deposit to

Class C Reserve
 Sub-Account
	 	 Cumulative

Shortfall in Class C
Reserve Sub-

Account
	 	 Withdrawals from

Class C Reserve
 Sub-Account
	 	 Class C Reserve

Sub-Account
 Balance

		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	 	4.	Maximum Enhancement Amount Available to Class A Notes; Class A Usage of Class B and Class C Subordinated Amounts 

  

													
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Maximum

Enhancement
Amount
Available from

Class B Notes
	 	 Maximum

Enhancement
 Amount

Available from
 Class C Notes
	 	 Class A Usage of

Class B
 Subordinated

Amount for this
 Due Period
	 	 Class A Usage of

Class C
 Subordinated

Amount for this
 Due Period
	 	 Cumulative

Class A Usage
 of Class B

Subordinated
 Amount
	 	 Cumulative

Class A Usage
 of Class C

Subordinated
 Amount

		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	 	5.	Maximum Enhancement Amount Available to Class B Notes; Class B Usage of Class C Subordinated Amount 

  

							
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Maximum Enhancement

Amount Available from Class

C Notes
	 	 Class B Usage of Class C

Subordinated Amount for

this Due Period
	 	 Cumulative Class B Usage of

Class C Subordinated Amount

		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	

  
 C-7 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

	 	6.	Reductions of and Reimbursements to Nominal Liquidation Amount 

  

											
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Reduction

Resulting from an

Allocation of
 Investor

Chargeoffs for this
 Due
Period
	 	 Reduction

Resulting from a

Reallocation of
 Principal

Collections to pay
 interest
on senior
 classes of Notes

for this Due Period
	 	 Cumulative

Reduction Resulting
 from an
Allocation
 of Investor Charge-

offs (net of
 Reimbursements)
	 	 Cumulative Reduction

Resulting from a
 Reallocation of

Principal Collections to

pay interest on senior
 classes of
Notes (net of
 Reimbursements)
	 	 Reimbursement of

prior reductions of

Nominal
 Liquidation

Amount for this
 Due
Period

		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	H.	Information Regarding the [Sponsor’s] [or] [Sellers’] or Affiliates Interest in Securities during the Due Period 

  

									
	
Citiseries Notes Held by the
[Sponsor] [or] [Sellers] or 
an
Affiliate
	 	As of Last Day of Previous Monthly Period	 	As of Last Day of Monthly Period
	 	 	Tranche	 	Amount	 	Tranche	 	Amount
		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 	
					
		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 	
					
		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 	
					
		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 	

  

	[I.	Information Regarding Material Changes to the [Seller’s] Solicitation, Credit Granting, Underwriting, Origination, Acquisition or Pool Selection Criteria or Procedures, if any] 

  
 C-8 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Report this day of
             20    . 
  

			
	[CITIBANK, N.A., as Managing Beneficiary of Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust and as Servicer of Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 C-9 

 EXHIBIT D 

[FORM OF] INVESTMENT LETTER 

[Date] 
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as
Trustee 
 60 Wall Street 
 New York, New York 10005 

Attention: Global Securities Services—Structured Finance Services 

Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust 
 c/o Citibank, N.A., as
Managing Beneficiary 
 701 East 60th Street, North 
 Mail Code
1251 
 Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57117 
 Citigroup –
Corporate Law Department 
 One Court Square (45th Floor) 
 Long
Island City, New York 11120 
 Citibank, N.A. 
 388 Greenwich
Street, 14th Floor 
 New York, New York 10013 
 Attention:
Corporate Agency and Trust 
  

	 	Re:	Purchase of $        1 principal amount of Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust Series [    ]
Class [    ] Notes 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our purchase of the above Notes (the “Notes”) we confirm that: 

(1) We understand that the Notes are not being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and are being sold to us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

(2) Any information we desire concerning the Notes or any other matter relevant to our decision to purchase the Notes is or has
been made available to us. 
 (3) We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Notes, and we 
  

	1 	 Not less than $250,000 minimum principal amount.

 
(and any account for which we are purchasing under paragraph (iv) below) are able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Notes. We (and any account for which we are purchasing
under paragraph (iv) below) are an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D under the Securities Act). 

(4) We are acquiring the Notes for our own account or for accounts as to which we exercise sole investment discretion and not
with a view to any distribution of the Notes, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property shall at all times be and remain within our control; 

(5) We agree that the Notes must be held indefinitely by us unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an
exemption from any registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities law is available; 

(6) We agree that in the event that at some future time we wish to dispose of or exchange any of the Notes (such disposition or
exchange not being currently foreseen or contemplated), we will not transfer or exchange any of the Notes unless: 
 (a) (i)
the sale is of at least U.S. $250,000 principal amount of Notes to an Eligible Purchaser (as defined below), (ii) a letter to substantially the same effect as paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this letter is executed
promptly by the purchaser and (iii) all offers or solicitations in connection with the sale, whether directly or through any agent acting on our behalf, are limited only to Eligible Purchasers and are not made by means of any form of general
solicitation or general advertising whatsoever; or 
 (b) the Notes are transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act by us after we have held them for more than three years; or 
 (c) the Notes are sold in any other transaction that does
not require registration under the Securities Act and, if the Issuer, the Trustee or the Note Registrar so requests, we theretofore have furnished to such party an opinion of counsel satisfactory to such party, in form and substance satisfactory to
such party, to such effect; or 
 (d) the Notes are transferred pursuant to an exception from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act under Rule 144A under the Securities Act; and 
 (7) We understand that the Notes will bear a legend to
substantially the following effect: 
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY
STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.” 

  
 D-2 

 This legend may be removed if the Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar have received an opinion of counsel
satisfactory to them, in form and substance satisfactory to them, to the effect that the legend may be removed. 
 “Eligible
Purchaser” means either an Eligible Dealer or a corporation, partnership or other entity which we have reasonable grounds to believe and do believe can make representations with respect to itself to substantially the same effect as the
representations set forth herein. “Eligible Dealer” means any corporation or other entity the principal business of which is acting as a broker and/or dealer in securities. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have
the meanings given to such terms in the Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016, between Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas, as trustee, as further amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	  

		 	(Name of Purchaser)
		
	By	 	  

		 	(Authorized officer)

  
 D-3 

 EXHIBIT E-1 
  

 
  

[FORM OF CLEARANCE SYSTEM CERTIFICATE 

TO BE GIVEN TO THE TRUSTEE BY 

EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM, LUXEMBOURG FOR 

DELIVERY OF DEFINITIVE NOTES IN EXCHANGE FOR A PORTION OF A 

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE] 
 CITIBANK
CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, 
 Series [    ] Class [    ] Notes 

[Insert title or sufficient description 

of Notes to be delivered] 
  

 
 We refer to that portion of the
Temporary Global Note in respect of the Series [    ] Class [    ] Notes to be exchanged for definitive Notes (the “Submitted Portion”) pursuant to this certificate (the
“Notes”) as provided in the Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of [    ] [    ], 2016 (as further amended, supplemented and otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) in
respect of such issue. This is to certify that (i) we have received a certificate or certificates, in writing, with respect to each of the persons appearing in our records as being entitled to a beneficial interest in the Submitted Portion and
with respect to such person’s beneficial interest, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 to the Indenture, and (ii) the Submitted Portion includes no part of the Temporary Global Note excepted in such certificates. 

We further certify that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of the persons giving such certificates to the
effect that the statements made by them with respect to any part of the Submitted Portion are no longer true and cannot be relied on as of the date hereof. 

We understand that this certificate is required in connection with certain securities and tax laws in the United States of America. If
administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

  

							
	Dated:             , 20    1	 		 	 [Euroclear Bank, as operator of the Euroclear System]

[Clearstream, Luxembourg]

				
		 		 	By	 	  

  
  

	1 	To be dated on the date of the proposed exchange. 

 EXHIBIT E-2 
  

 
  

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 

TO EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM, LUXEMBOURG 

BY [                    ] WITH RESPECT TO
NOTES SOLD TO 
 QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS] 

 
  

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, 

SERIES [    ] CLASS [    ] NOTES 

In connection with the initial issuance and placement of the Series [    ] Class [    ] Notes (the
“Notes”), an institutional investor in the United States (an “institutional investor”) is purchasing [U.S.$/£/€/CHF    ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes held in our account at
[Euroclear Bank, as operator of the Euroclear System] [Clearstream, Luxembourg] on behalf of such investor. 
 We reasonably believe that
such institutional investor is a qualified institutional buyer as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

[We understand that this certificate is required in connection with United States laws. We irrevocably authorize you to produce this
certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered by this certificate.] 

The Definitive Notes in respect of this certificate are to be issued in registered form in the minimum denomination of
[U.S.$/£/i/CHF    ] and such Definitive Notes (and, unless the Indenture or terms document relating to the Notes otherwise provides, any Notes issued in exchange or substitution for or on registration of transfer of Notes)
shall bear the following legend: 
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. NEITHER THIS NOTE
NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS (EACH AS DEFINED HEREIN), EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM
SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.” 
  

	
	Dated:             , 20    

 

			
	[                                    
                                         
     ]
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized officer

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00262-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00262-of-00352.parquet"}]]